Spring 2023

Coordinator
Manual

Look inside for:

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS STANDARD AND ACCOMMODATED

TEST SCRIPTS

TESTING ROOM PROCEDURES INSTRUCTIONS FOR

RETURNING MATERIALS
 About College Board
College Board is a mission-driven not-for-profit organization that connects students to
college success and opportunity. Founded in 1900, College Board was created to expand
access to higher education. Today, the membership association is made up of more than
6,000 of the world’s leading educational institutions and is dedicated to promoting excellence
and equity in education. Each year, College Board helps more than seven million students
prepare for a successful transition to college through programs and services in college
readiness and college success—including the SAT®, the Advanced Placement® Program,
and BigFuture®. The organization also serves the education community through research
and advocacy on behalf of students, educators, and schools.
For further information, visit collegeboard.org.

Contact Us
Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support Contact Information for
(Educators Only) Students and Parents
MICHIGAN PSAT 8/9 SUPPORT HOTLINE: 866-870-3127 PSAT CUSTOMER SERVICE: 866-433-7728
• General College Board assessments and policies EMAIL: psathelp@info.collegeboard.org
• Test material questions or issues
• Services for Students with Disabilities (SSD) Test Question Ambiguity/Error
questions about testing with accommodations EMAIL: psatquestion@collegeboard.org
• Security issues to report to the Office of Testing
Integrity (OTI) or other test administration questions
EMAIL: michiganadministratorsupport@collegeboard.org
WEB: michigan.gov/psat
MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION: 877-560-8378
• Select correct option for questions about Office of
Educational Assessment and Accountability (OEAA)
Secure Site, eligibility to test, and accountability
• For assessment questions
EMAIL: mde-oeaa@michigan.gov
• For accountability questions
EMAIL: mde-accountability@michigan.gov

© 2022 College Board. College Board, Advanced Placement, AP, BigFuture, SAT, and the acorn logo are registered trademarks of College Board.
PSAT is a trademark owned by College Board. PSAT/NMSQT is a registered trademark of College Board and National Merit Scholarship Corporation.
All other marks are the property of their respective owners. Visit College Board on the web: collegeboard.org.
Khan Academy is a registered trademark in the United States and other jurisdictions.

ii Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Contents
Part 1: For Test Coordinators Part 2: For Proctors and Monitors
1 Introduction 50 Introduction for Proctors
1 Using This Manual 50 Before Test Day
2 New for Spring 2023 50 Prepare Yourself
2 Testing Basics 51 Conduct the Preadministration Session
3 Staff Roles and Responsibilities 52 Prepare to Administer Accommodations
4 PSAT 8/9 Test Materials
54 During the Test
9 Test Coordinator’s Checklist
54 Prepare to Test
12 Before Test Day Tasks and Information 56 Administer the Test
12 Prepare Yourself 58 Administer Accommodations
12 Build Your Schoolwide Student List for Testing
62 Test Day Scripts
12 Plan Your Space
62 Begin Here on Test Day
14 Plan Your Staff
69 Script 1: Standard Time
16 Build Your Room Rosters
73 Script 2: Standard Time with Extra Breaks
17 Build Your Plan for Testing
78 Script 3: Time and One-Half
19 Manage Test Day Impacts
83 Script 4: Double Time
20 Train Your Staff
90 Script 5: Pre-recorded Audio Format
20 Maintain Security
102 After the Test
23 Prepare to Test Students with English Learner
Supports 102 Dismissal
23 Prepare to Test with Accommodations 104 Appendix
31 Prepare Your Students 104 Overview of Timing and Breaks
32 Prepare Your Materials 105 PSAT 8/9 Script 1 Section Timing Chart
35 Prepare Your Preadministration Session for Standard Timing
106 PSAT 8/9 Script 2 Section Timing Chart
36 During the Test Tasks and Information
for Standard Time with Extra Breaks
36 Follow Your Test Day Schedule
107 PSAT 8/9 Script 3 Section Timing Chart
37 Equip Testing Rooms for Time and One-Half
37 Manage Admission to the Testing Area 108 PSAT 8/9 Script 4 Section Timing Chart
39 The Test Coordinator’s Role During Testing for Double Time
41 After the Test Tasks and Information 109 PSAT 8/9 Script 5 Section Timing Chart
for Pre-recorded Audio (MP3) Format
41 Collect Testing Materials
110 Acceptable Calculators
42 Sort Materials
111 Sample Schoolwide Student List
42 Prepare Documentation
112 Photo ID Requirements
44 Pack Materials for Return
113 Additional Instructions for Administering
47 Return Materials
Pre-recorded Audio with Flash Drives
48 Store Materials for Your Records
115 How to Fill Out the CRF
49 Receive Scores
116 Sample Coordinator Report Form
117 Irregularity Chart
131 Testing Room Materials Report Form
Back PSAT 8/9 Seating Chart
Cover

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 iii

Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual
 Using This Manual Introduction

PART 1:
For Test Coordinators
This manual is split into 2 parts.
Part 1: For Test Coordinators covers everything test coordinators need to know and do
before, during, and after the test administration.
Part 2: For Proctors and Monitors includes standard and accommodated test day scripts,
instructions for the test administration, and guidelines for dealing with irregularities on test
day. Test coordinators should read and familiarize themselves with this part of the manual as well.

Introduction
As the test coordinator, you should set aside time before After the Test Tasks and Information ensures that
test day to read both parts of this manual carefully so all students receive their scores.
procedures will be familiar and easy to follow when you
administer the test. We depend on you and your staff Part 2: For Proctors and Monitors
to administer the test according to this manual so all Give staff who will be administering the test a copy of
students have the same opportunity to do their best. this manual, and direct them to read Part 2 carefully. If
they’re administering the test with accommodations, they
should pay special attention to Prepare to Administer
Using This Manual Accommodations on page 52, which explains the use
of the different accommodated scripts in this manual,
This manual is your guide for supervising the
and Administer Accommodations on page 58, which
administration of the Michigan-provided PSAT™ 8/9
explains the different accommodations.
for 8th and 9th grade and for creating the best possible
environment for your students on test day.
Appendix Resources
Part 1: For Test Coordinators You’ll find timing charts, the Irregularity Chart, a seating
chart, and other resources in the Appendix (see the table
Part 1 contains the tasks and information you’ll need to
of contents for a complete list with page references).
administer the PSAT 8/9 successfully.

Before the Test Typographical Icons

Before the test you’ll need to prepare your space, staff, Typographical icons are used throughout the manual to
students, and materials. Completing the tasks in Before draw your attention to specific information and action
Test Day Tasks and Information prepares you for testing. items.
Contact by phone
During the Test
During the test you’ll have activities to oversee, including Procedures or information for providing accommodations
admitting students, assisting your staff, maintaining to students with disabilities
security, and distributing and collecting materials.
Security requirement
Completing the tasks in During the Test Tasks and
Information will help ensure a smooth administration.

After the Test

After the test you’ll be in charge of wrapping up the
administration, which includes tasks such as completing
test day forms, returning materials correctly, and
ordering makeup materials. Completing the tasks in

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 1

Part
1 Introduction New for Spring 2023

New for Spring 2023 Testing Basics

Important Changes and Reminders The PSAT 8/9 is the first test in the SAT® Suite of
Assessments. It sets a readiness baseline, allowing
College Board has made the following changes for this
students and teachers to pinpoint areas for focused
school year.
practice as students progress through high school.
1. The “Master Student List” is now referred to as the
Schoolwide Student List. Standardized Testing
2. College Board will introduce a redesigned Nonstandard Uniform procedures are essential to a standardized
Administration Report (NAR) for 2022-23, but policies testing program. To ensure comparable scores, all testing
and procedures regarding the NAR will remain largely staff must follow the same testing procedures and give
unchanged from previous administrations. instructions exactly as they appear in this manual.
3. Test book logistics: Please ensure that you and all testing staff comply
• There are separate test books for 8th and 9th with all applicable laws, including those relating to
graders used with both the primary testing discrimination and any local health or safety guidelines.
window and the accommodated testing window. By strictly following College Board policies and
Test books for 8th grade have an apple on the procedures, you give students the best guarantee of fair
cover. Test books for 9th grade have a crescent testing and the best possible test day experience.
on the cover. Makeup test books for both 8th and
9th grade have a flower on the cover. Test Sections and Timing
The PSAT 8/9 is composed of the following sections,
Test Dates which you must administer in order unless explicitly
Schools must administer the PSAT 8/9 for grade 8 instructed otherwise by College Board:
on April 12, 2023 unless students are approved for Evidence-Based Reading and Writing: Includes a
accommodations that allow them to test in the Reading Test and a Writing and Language Test. Each
accommodated testing window. Students absent on test is composed of multiparagraph passages and
April 12 can test in the remaining days of the primary multiple-choice questions.
testing window of April 13–18, 2023.
Time allotted:
Schools must choose a primary test date to administer the • 55 minutes for the Reading Test
PSAT 8/9 for grade 9 between April 12–18, 2023 unless
students are approved for accommodations that allow
• 30 minutes for the Writing and Language Test
them to test in the accommodated testing window. Schools Math: Includes multiple-choice and student-produced
can choose which of the dates works best for them. The response questions (math questions that require the
remaining days within the primary testing window can be student to arrive at and record an answer rather than
used for students absent on the primary test day. select a multiple-choice answer). This section is divided
into 2 portions: one that permits calculator use, and one
Students eligible to test in the accommodated testing
that doesn’t.
window, as identified on the NAR, can complete testing
between April 12–25, 2023. For accommodations that Time allotted:
don’t require multiple days, student testing must be • 20 minutes for the Math Test – No Calculator
completed on 1 of the days in the window. Students who
test over 2 days must test on consecutive days. However,
• 40 minutes for the Math Test – Calculator
if a student is absent on the second day of testing, they
can resume testing on the next day they return to school.
Accommodated Testing Overview
College Board is dedicated to ensuring that students
Their testing must begin by April 24 at the latest in order
with disabilities receive appropriate accommodations
for testing to be completed by April 25.
on its tests, such as braille, large print, and extended
Makeup Test Dates time. Using the College Board SSD Online system, SSD
coordinators can manage student requests and approvals
Students testing without accommodations who are
for accommodations. SSD coordinators can request
absent during the primary testing window or need to
College Board–approved accommodations or state-allowed
test due to an irregularity can be scheduled to take
accommodations (SAAs). SAAs are recommended for 8th
the makeup between April 25–26. There is no specific
grade students. College Board–approved accommodations
makeup date for students testing with accommodations;
are recommended for 9th-grade students. SAAs must
they can test at any time in the accommodated window.
be requested each academic year for students who need

2 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Staff Roles and Responsibilities Introduction 1

them. See Prepare to Test with Accommodations on SSD Coordinator

page 23 for more information. The SSD coordinator works with students, case
Most students will test in 1 or 2 days. In rare occasions, managers, and/or counselors to request accommodations
students may need more than 2 days for testing (for and certain English learner (EL) supports through the
example, if they require more than double time or if SSD Online portal. In addition, the SSD coordinator
they’re approved for limited testing time). works with the test coordinator to administer
accommodated testing. SSD coordinators should
SAAs are unique student circumstances that may require collaborate with district and school EL coordinators
additional documentation or discussion with College to determine which students will use EL supports, if
Board and the Office of Educational Assessment and applicable, and ensure requests are submitted.
Accountability (OEAA). The individual accommodation
needs of students may be in addition to the eligible As part of the testing staff, the SSD coordinator accesses,
scholarship-reportable supports offered by College Board. verifies, and prints the NAR and assists the PSAT 8/9
coordinator in determining testing rooms and staff
needed for administering the test with accommodations.
Staff Roles and All testing materials, including accommodated materials,

Responsibilities are shipped to the appropriate PSAT 8/9 coordinator;

however, the SSD coordinator can assist in ensuring the
The main testing staff is described in this section. secure storage and timely return of materials for scoring.
You may require additional support staff depending
on the needs of your students. See Plan Your Staff on Students may be approved for accommodations that
page 14. require assistance from support staff such as human
readers to read aloud the test questions, sign language
The Michigan-provided PSAT 8/9 has a PSAT 8/9 interpreters for test directions, or scribes to record
grade 8 coordinator and a PSAT 8/9 grade 9 coordinator responses. The SSD coordinator can assist the PSAT 8/9
for their respective grades. Also, there is a PSAT 8/9 coordinator in identifying appropriate staff in these cases.
grade 8 SSD coordinator for that grade and a PSAT 8/9
and PSAT™ 10 SSD coordinator for grades 9 and For students approved to use the pre-recorded audio
10. In both cases, they may or may not be the same format, the SSD coordinator plays a significant role in
person. SSD coordinators are assigned in the Michigan gaining and granting access to the streaming application
Educational Entity Master (EEM) but must also (through SSD Online). See Set Up Computers for Pre-
separately request access to SSD Online. recorded Audio on page 26 for more information.

PSAT 8/9 Coordinator for Proctors

Grade 8 or Grade 9 Proctors are responsible for conducting a secure, valid
administration. They are accountable for everyone in
As the test coordinator, you’re responsible for the test
the testing room and everything that takes place there.
site and staff. You ensure that all testing materials are
They account for all testing materials in the testing room,
received, handled, and stored securely. You’re expected
conduct the testing, and monitor students to ensure a
to be at the school to supervise all activities related
fair administration.
to testing, including preadministration sessions and
accommodated testing. Proctors should be current or retired teachers,
counselors, administrators, or other educators familiar
Online training is provided for all Michigan test
with test administration.
coordinators and is required each year. Be sure to
complete it well before test day. Hall and Room Monitors
We recommend that you designate a backup test Hall and room monitors assist you and your proctors with
coordinator in case you’re absent on test day. test administration duties. Monitors do not administer
The designated backup test coordinator will need to the test, but they do help set up the testing area, monitor
sign the Testing Staff Agreement form to signify their testing, and check the hallways during testing.
acceptance of the conditions and requirements and
their commitment to administering the PSAT 8/9 on the
scheduled date. Be sure to have your designated backup
test coordinator complete the online training well before
test day.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 3

Part
1 Introduction PSAT 8/9 Test Materials

PSAT 8/9 Test Materials

Materials Tables
Your school will receive a number of shipments related to your test administration.

• Coordinator Planning Kit with sample manual (schools giving multiple assessments
will receive 1 consolidated Coordinator Planning Kit)
• Preadministration Shipment with all manuals needed for testing, answer sheets, pre-
ID labels, copies of the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide and other materials to help students
complete personal information on the answer sheet and prepare for test day
• Test Shipment, including test books and Coordinator Testing Materials Kit with forms,
return envelopes, and other materials needed for test day
Review the following tables so you can plan to receive and check materials, and learn about
the forms and publications you’ll be using for administering the PSAT 8/9. If you have both
8th and 9th grades in your school, the material shipments will arrive separately for each grade.

IMPORTANT: Note that scannable forms, like the answer sheet, Coordinator Report Form (CRF), and
Irregularity Report (IR), shouldn’t be photocopied because photocopies won’t scan properly. Contact
Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support if you need additional copies. Other forms can be copied if needed.

STAFF MATERIALS—MANUAL AND INSTRUCTIONS

Material What It Is and How It’s Used Shipment(s)

PSAT 8/9 Detailed instructions and policies for the test coordinator to Coordinator Planning Kit
Coordinator Manual plan setup and management of the PSAT 8/9 administration.
Detailed instructions and scripts for the proctor to Preadministration Shipment
hold the preadministration session and administer the
PSAT 8/9 in the standard and accommodated rooms.
Coordinator A packet sent with the test shipment containing Test Shipment
Testing forms and return envelopes. Used by the test
Materials Kit coordinator to administer the test and report on the
administration. You’ll receive an additional kit to use
for students testing in the accommodated window.

STAFF MATERIALS—REPORTS AND FORMS

Material What It Is and How It’s Used Shipment(s)

PSAT 8/9 CRF Scannable form used by the test coordinator to report Test Shipment
the number of used answer sheets and other materials
being returned with each shipment for scoring.
Testing Staff Form for each staff member to read and sign, Test Shipment
Agreement attesting they have no conflicts of interest that
bar them from administering the PSAT 8/9.
Testing Room Form for staff to list test books and related test materials Test Shipment
Materials distributed to and returned by each proctor, including
Report Form the serial number ranges of test materials. Used by the
proctor to confirm they’ve received the correct materials.
Also appears on the inside back cover of this manual.
PSAT 8/9 IR Scannable form for testing staff to report irregularities that Test Shipment
might affect scores or result in a misadministration.

4 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
PSAT 8/9 Test Materials Introduction 1

STAFF MATERIALS—ENVELOPES AND LABELS

Material What It Is and How It’s Used Shipment(s)

Answer Sheet Carton(s) or UPS Express Pak for the test coordinator Test Shipment
Return Materials to return answer sheets and reports.
Gray-Bordered Envelope for test coordinator to return any Test Shipment
Envelope IRs and any defective materials.
White Envelope for returning the NAR, answer sheets for Test Shipment
Accommodated students listed on the NAR, and any other score-related
Testing Envelope materials for students with accommodations.
Test Book Return Two types of return labels provided in a packet: UPS return Test Shipment
Materials label(s) and red label(s). Test coordinators should affix 1
of each label to boxes reused from the original test book
shipment to send back test books after testing is completed.
Do not use these materials to return answer sheets.

STUDENT MATERIALS

Material What It Is and How It’s Used Shipment(s)

Pre-ID Labels Preidentification labels with student information printed Preadministration Shipment
out and encoded in barcode. Applied to the answer sheet by
the testing staff to ensure accurate data for each student.
PSAT 8/9 Scannable form for students to record answers to Preadministration Shipment
Answer Sheet preadministration and test questions, in bundles.
PSAT 8/9 Answer Enlarged answer sheet used by approved students to record Preadministration Shipment
Sheet—Large Print answers to preadministration questions and test questions.
PSAT 8/9 A booklet for students that explains the Preadministration Shipment
Student Guide assessment, including test directions, test-taking
tips, and PSAT 8/9 Terms and Conditions.
PSAT 8/9 Test books for the PSAT 8/9, distributed by the Test Shipment
Test Books proctor for students’ use. Test books for use with
certain alternate test formats (see next row) have a
subtitle indicating the formats they’re used for.
Test books for the makeup date are requested by the
test coordinator after primary testing. Both 8th and 9th
grades use the same test books for makeup testing.
PSAT 8/9 Alternate Specific formats of the test for taking the test with Test Shipment
Test Formats certain accommodations (e.g., large-print test book,
assistive technology–compatible (ATC) format, or braille
with raised line drawings).

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 5

Part
1 Introduction PSAT 8/9 Test Materials

Manual and Scripts Rosters

This PSAT 8/9 Coordinator Manual includes instructions For your own management of testing at your school,
for both the coordinator and the testing staff. It should you’ll need to develop a Schoolwide Student List, or
be distributed to every staff member who will either be roster, of test takers for the PSAT 8/9; recommendations
overseeing testing or administering the test on test day. for compiling this Schoolwide Student List are given
in Before Test Day Tasks and Information later in this
Test Books and Answer Sheets manual. Each proctor will need a room roster.
The PSAT 8/9 test books have covers with dark red
You will need to return your Schoolwide Student List
accents. The book cover displays the test name and
(or your individual room rosters if you don’t reconcile
important notes for the student.
them to the Schoolwide Student List) with used answer
• Standard test books for 8th-grade primary testing and sheets for scoring. Before returning your Schoolwide
the accommodated window have an apple on the cover. Student List in your used answer sheet shipment, make
• Test books for 9th-grade primary testing and the a copy to store in a safe location for 3 years after test day.
accommodated window have a crescent on the cover. In the event of an irregularity or discrepancy, you may
need the list to respond to inquiries from Educational
• Both 8th and 9th grades use test books for the Testing Service (ETS®) or College Board during an
makeup date with a flower on the cover.
investigation.
Use these symbols to make sure you distribute the
correct test books. Forms and Reporting
Review the reports and forms you will be using to
Both 8th and 9th graders will use the same answer
manage your test administration.
sheet. Standard answer sheets have a matching dark red
color. You may also have some large-print answer sheets Nonstandard Administration Report (NAR)
with a red title. These have dark gray type and answer Your SSD coordinator will have access to the NAR
squares in place of bubbles. throughout the year, but they should check the NAR for
updates regularly and as close to test day as possible.
Alternate Formats for Some The NAR lists students with College Board–approved
Accommodations accommodations, SAAs, and EL time and one-half.
Students testing with SAAs will test with materials that Several days before test day, print copies of the NAR and
have lime green accents on the cover. distribute them to proctors.
All other students, including those testing with The proctor should note their own name on the NAR,
accommodations, will use the standard test books unless make a copy, and give it to the test coordinator to return
approved in SSD Online for an alternate test format. with answer sheets.
Alternate test formats include pre-recorded audio, human
reader, braille with raised line drawings, ATC, large Testing Staff Agreement Form
print, and raised line drawings. See Materials Provided Before the test begins, all testing staff must review, agree
for Accommodated Testing on page 30 for a list of to, and sign the Testing Staff Agreement. You and your
available formats. backup test coordinator also need to sign the Agreement.
Please make sure you and your staff understand the
For students testing with a human reader, pre-recorded requirements you’re agreeing to. See Staff Policies on
audio, ATC, or braille format as College Board–approved page 14 for more information. All staff with a role in
accommodations, you’ll receive test books with the the administration must also complete and sign the OEAA
subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human Reader, Assessment Security Compliance Form. For information,
Braille, ATC.” Make sure to distribute these subtitled test see the Assessment Integrity Guide at michigan.gov/psat.
books to the appropriate students to use for reference along
with their approved format. (You can’t substitute a standard Testing Room Materials Report Form
test book for use with these 4 formats.) Students using The test coordinator uses the Testing Room Materials
these formats as SAAs will use the regular-print lime green Report form to indicate testing room information,
test book along with their approved format. including the proctor assigned to the room, the room
number, and the test materials issued to the proctor.
Make copies of the form or use the one provided on the
inside back cover of this manual.
In the testing room, the proctor uses the Testing Room
Materials Report form to check the testing materials
received against the serial numbers listed on the form.

6 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
PSAT 8/9 Test Materials Introduction 1

After testing, the proctor returns the form with all testing Standard and Accommodated
materials to the test coordinator, who uses the form to
verify that they’ve received back all materials distributed.
Testing Rooms
Students without accommodations or supports test in a
Seating Chart standard room during the primary testing window using
Proctors will record test book serial numbers on the chart standard dark red test books.
on the back of this manual (along with students’ names Your NAR should be printed from SSD Online by your
if time permits). This task can be completed during school’s SSD coordinator. It will list all students testing
Section 1 (the Reading Test). with accommodations and EL students testing with time
and one-half. The table that follows provides an overview
PSAT 8/9 Irregularity Report (IR)
of some of the most common accommodations. Check
You’ll receive copies of the IR form to use in the event
your NAR to ensure that all students with approved
of an irregularity. Distribute at least 1 IR to each proctor
accommodations or supports are identified correctly.
to use in the testing room. Remember, these scannable
forms can’t be photocopied for use, but your school can For accommodations not listed in the table, work with
call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support ahead of test day to your SSD coordinator or contact the SSD office. Also
request additional copies. note that students may be approved for more than 1
accommodation. Proctors may need to use more than
Without information, College Board can’t resolve issues
1 script for some students (for example, math-only
that may occur. Please ensure all proctors are familiar
extended time requires a standard time script and an
with the IR form. All IRs submitted are thoroughly
extended time script).
reviewed and should include the names of all affected
students. If you’re submitting an IR, keep a copy for your Note that certain accommodations can be provided in
records and return the original. the standard room, as long as the student has no other
accommodations that require an accommodated room.
Coordinator Report Form (CRF)
You’ll receive a CRF in each testing materials kit. Use
this form to report the count of answer sheets being
returned. Fill the form out carefully to ensure accurate
reporting and billing. See Complete the CRF on
page 42 for more information.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 7

Part
1 Introduction PSAT 8/9 Test Materials

GUIDE FOR TESTING WITH ACCOMMODATIONS

Standard Room(s) Accommodated Room(s)

Number of 1 day 1 day 2 days
Testing Days
Test Book Color Dark red (or lime green for SAAs, which Dark red (or lime green Dark red (or lime green
must test in a separate room) for SAAs, which must for SAAs, which must
test in a separate room) test in a separate room)
Script(s) Script 1 Scripts 1–4 Scripts 4 and 5
Accommodation • 14-pt large-print test book • Extended breaks • Pre-recorded audio
Examples • Large-print answer sheet • Extra breaks (MP3 via streaming)
• Magnification device (non-electronic) • 4-function calculator • Double time for
Printed copy of verbal instructions on Math Test – No reading (entire
•
Calculator assessment)
• Permission for food/drink/medication
• Permission to test • Limited testing time
• Wheelchair accessibility
blood sugar (may use any script[s];
• Preferential seating some may test over
• Small-group setting
• Record answers in test book 1 day)
• Time and one-half
• Use of colored overlay
• 20-pt (or larger) large-
• Auditory amplification/FM system
print test book
• Sign language interpreter for test directions
• Magnification device
(electronic)
• Braille with raised line
drawings
• Braille writer
• Human reader
• Writer/scribe to record
responses
• ATC format
• Breaks as needed
• One-to-one testing
• Late start time
• Home/hospital testing
• Double time for math
(Math Test only)
• Michigan-provided
SAAs (some may
require 2 days)

IMPORTANT: Students testing with extended time for reading or as an EL support receive extended time on the entire
assessment.

8 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Test Coordinator’s Checklist Introduction 1

Test Coordinator’s Checklist

Use this checklist to make sure you’ve accomplished all the tasks covered in Part 1 of this
manual. It shows you where to find more information in this manual or online.
These are suggested timelines. You can complete many of these tasks sooner than the
recommended date.

THREE TO FOUR WEEKS BEFORE THE TEST DATE

Activity Where to Learn More

• Complete the online test coordinator training. (We’ll michigan.gov/psat
email you instructions for accessing it.)
• Designate a secure area for receiving, checking, Plan Your Space on page 12
and securely storing your test materials.
• Check test materials within 24 hours of receipt. Prepare Your Materials on page 32
• Identify students required to test and create a Schoolwide Student List. Build Your Schoolwide Student
List for Testing on page 12
• Distribute copies of the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide. Prepare Your Students on page 31
• Work with your SSD coordinator to review the NAR to Accessing the NAR to Determine
ensure it includes all students testing with accommodations, Room Needs for Students with
including SAAs, and/or EL time and one-half support. Accommodations on page 12
SSD Online:
collegeboard.org/ssdonline
• Estimate how many standard and accommodated rooms Plan Your Space on page 12
you’ll need based on the number of students testing. Identify
which rooms in your facility can be used for testing.
• Make a list of available staff and their roles. Use the number of testing Plan Your Staff on page 14
rooms and their capacity to determine testing room assignments.
• Work with the SSD coordinator to identify any students who Plan Your Staff on page 14
will need support staff such as human readers, scribes, or sign
language interpreters. Recruit staff to fill these positions.
• Create room rosters by assigning students to testing rooms. Build Your Room Rosters on page 16
Assign testing room codes and note them on the room rosters.
• Arrange to minimize distractions—no fire drills or other Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
disruptive events should be scheduled for test day.
• Reschedule lunch for all participating students, if necessary. Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
• Plan activities for students who won’t be testing. Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
• Notify your school population of modifications to the normal school day. Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
• Plan your preadministration session. Prepare Your Preadministration
Session on page 35
• Make sure computers are provided in testing rooms Plan for Computer Usage on page 24
for students approved to use them.
• If you have students approved for the pre-recorded audio Set Up Computers for Pre-
(MP3 via streaming) format, work with the SSD coordinator recorded Audio on page 26
to make sure the streaming application has been installed
and tested on all computers being used for testing.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 9

Part
1 Introduction Test Coordinator’s Checklist

TWO WEEKS BEFORE THE TEST DATE

Activity Where to Learn More

• Schedule and conduct staff training. Train Your Staff on page 20
• In order for student answer sheets to be scored, be sure all Verify and Apply Labels on page 36
answer sheets have a valid pre-ID (barcode) label attached.
• Help staff conduct your preadministration session. Prepare Your Preadministration
Session on page 35
Conduct the Preadministration
Session on page 51
• Update Schoolwide Student List and room rosters as necessary Build Your Room Rosters on page 16
to include newly enrolled students and any additional
approved accommodations or EL supports needed.
• Plan test day schedule and accommodated window schedule. Build Your Plan for Testing on page 17
• Notify school staff of testing room assignments and Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
alternative arrangements for nontesting students.

ONE WEEK BEFORE THE TEST DATE

Activity Where to Learn More

• Have your SSD coordinator review and print your NAR to SSD Online:
make sure you have accounted for all students testing with collegeboard.org/ssdonline
accommodations and EL time and one-half support.
• Revise room rosters if needed. Build Your Room Rosters on page 16
• Print necessary translated test directions. Prepare to Test Students with English
Learner Supports on page 23
• If EL students are providing their own word-to-word dictionaries, Prepare to Test Students with English
collect the dictionaries and confirm they don’t include any improper Learner Supports on page 23
writing or pages. You’ll redistribute to students on test day.
• Download and print any necessary printed directions Prepare to Test Students with English
or ATC scripts from SSD Online. Learner Supports on page 23
Download Scripts for ATC
Users on page 26
• Notify students of when and where to report on test day. Prepare Your Students on page 31
• Post testing room assignments. Post Testing Room Assignments
on page 18
• Post room assignments for nontesting students. Plan for Test Day Impacts to Rooms
and Students on page 19
• If applicable, update Schoolwide Student List as necessary to Build Your Room Rosters on page 16
include any students who don’t regularly attend your school.
• Help staff conduct your preadministration session if you haven’t already. Prepare Your Preadministration
Session on page 35
Conduct the Preadministration
Session on page 51
• Review room assignments with staff. Ensure all proctors Share Role and Room
have reviewed scripts associated with their room types. Assignments on page 20
• Review the Testing Staff Agreement with all Staff Policies on page 14
testing staff, including support staff.
• Hold a brief assembly with students who are Prepare Your Students on page 31
testing to prepare them for test day.

10 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Test Coordinator’s Checklist Introduction 1

Activity Where to Learn More

• Review facility preparation with custodial staff. Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
• Call UPS at 800-PICK-UPS (742-5877) to arrange pickup of materials. Return Materials on page 47
• Have staff test the equipment to be used for pre- Prepare to Test with
recorded audio or ATC testing. Accommodations on page 23
• Prepare testing room packets for proctors. Prepare Your Materials on page 32
(You’ll add test books on test day.)
• Check that all staff have signed the Testing Staff Agreement. Plan Your Staff on page 14
• Ensure testing room arrangements align with seating policies. Plan Your Space on page 12

ON TEST DAY

Activity Where to Learn More

• Complete your testing room packets for proctors. Count and Distribute Test
Add test books to the packets for proctors. Materials on page 37
• Post any revised testing room assignments and Manage Admission to the
room assignments for nontesting students. Testing Area on page 37
• Distribute testing room packets to proctors. Equip Testing Rooms on page 37
• Remind staff to cover any instructional materials in Maintain Security on page 20
the testing rooms before admitting students.
• If administering the pre-recorded audio format, work Set Up Computers for Pre-
with the SSD coordinator and proctors to confirm recorded Audio on page 26
the test is downloaded for each test taker.
• Make sure all announcements are discontinued for the duration of testing. Manage Test Day Impacts on page 19
• Admit students to the testing area/rooms. Annotate your Schoolwide Manage Admission to the
Student List or have staff annotate room rosters as students check in. Testing Area on page 37
• Maintain security in your school and support The Test Coordinator’s Role
testing staff while testing is in progress. During Testing on page 39
• Report test administration irregularities, if any. Report Test Administration
Irregularities on page 40

AFTER TESTING IS COMPLETED

Activity Where to Learn More

• Collect materials from proctors. Collect Testing Materials on page 41
• Prepare materials for return. Prepare Documentation on page 42
• Make copies of key forms and store securely. Store Materials for Your
Records on page 48
• Return test materials. This includes returning all test books. Return Materials on page 47
• No more than 2 days after the test, identify any students who Makeup Ordering on page 47
require makeup testing and complete the makeup survey
(emailed to you) to request materials for makeup testing.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 11

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare Yourself

Before Test Day Tasks and Information

Start planning for the test administration no less than 3–4 weeks before test day.

Prepare Yourself b. Closer to test day, you may need to add any newly
eligible students, including students who have
• Read this entire manual. recently transferred to your school.
• Complete online test coordinator training if you 2. You may be asked to test homeschooled students.
haven’t already. Make sure these students are pre-IDed in the
• Sign the Testing Staff Agreement and the OEAA OEAA Secure Site and accounted for as part of the
Assessment Security Compliance Form. Schoolwide Student List.
• Plan to meet with your SSD coordinator to ensure 3. Ask your SSD coordinator to print a copy of the
you have plans in place for testing students with NAR and make sure you’ve accounted for students
accommodations. testing with accommodations or supports in your
• Begin the Test Coordinator’s Checklist. Schoolwide Student List.
• When your manuals arrive, distribute manuals to 4. Make sure your Schoolwide Student List notes the
proctors for their review. support type and languages for any students testing
with EL supports.
5. Students in 8th and 9th grades will use different test
Build Your Schoolwide books and must test separately.

Student List for Testing You will now have 1 Schoolwide Student List to use
for each grade to add room and staffing information.
Identifying your students who are testing is an important
Check your list against the Sample Schoolwide Student
first step in preparing for test day. Create this list of
List on page 111 to confirm that your list has all the
test takers to determine how many testing rooms and
information you’ll need for planning rooms and staff.
staff you’ll need for administering the test. Use your
Schoolwide Student List to create room rosters to
Accessing the NAR to Determine
distribute to each proctor showing the students who will
test in their room. Also use the room rosters to inform Room Needs for Students
students of when and where they’ll test. with Accommodations
The NAR for the PSAT 8/9 includes the names and SSD
To create your Schoolwide Student List, choose any
numbers of all students testing with accommodations
tabular format (e.g., spreadsheet) you can easily copy
and English learners testing with time and one-half.
information into from your source list(s). Note you’ll likely
Before test day, the SSD coordinator can access the NAR
need to divide the list up into room rosters and print all
in SSD Online to help you organize testing for students
or parts of it for tracking purposes. Keep all copies secure
with accommodations.
and accessible only to staff who need them.

Compile a List of Students

Create a Schoolwide Student List, which will include Plan Your Space
all students eligible for testing—standard and You’ll need to work with the school administration
accommodated. See the Sample Schoolwide Student List and facilities staff to determine how best to use your
on page 111 with suggested headings. available space to support the test administration.

1. Pull the list of eligible students from your school

Designate a Secure
student information system, or you can run a
Pre-ID Student Report from the OEAA Secure Site. Area for Materials
Refer to michigan.gov/securesitetraining for Designate a location for receiving, checking, and storing
assistance on generating this list. your test materials securely. See Prepare Your Materials
on page 32 for more information.
a. All students MUST be pre-IDed in the OEAA
Secure Site before testing. If a student was not
pre-IDed by the February deadline, or enrolled
after that date, pre-ID them in the OEAA Secure
Site as soon as possible.

12 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Plan Your Space Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Evaluate Rooms for Testing Room Selection Tips and

• Work with the school administration to identify Recommendations
which rooms will be used for testing. • Rooms should be located in the same section of the
• Make a list of available rooms at your school and school for students testing at the same time. When
how many students each room can hold, based on rooms are close together, each hall monitor can cover
the seating and room requirements given later in this up to 5 rooms.
section. • We recommend that you avoid using science rooms,
• If you’re using 1 or more off-site testing locations, computer labs, or rooms with specialized equipment,
identify the number of rooms needed and confirm unless they’re required for accommodated testing.
they meet the facility and seating requirements given These rooms may be uncomfortable for students or
later in this section. may not have adequate desk space for writing.

Identify the Number of Rooms IMPORTANT: If your school is staggering start times for

You Need for Testing testing, assign rooms for separate overlapping testing
groups in different areas of the school building to limit
• Use the Schoolwide Student List to determine the contact between students.
number of standard and accommodated testing
rooms needed.
Seating Requirements
• Also refer to the NAR as you determine how many
The following are seating requirements for all testing
accommodated testing rooms you’ll need. The NAR
rooms:
will indicate the approved accommodation(s) for each
student. It also will include EL students testing with • Chairs must have backs.
time and one-half. This information will help you • Seats must face the same direction.
determine the number and types of accommodated • Chairs must be placed directly behind those in the
rooms required. preceding row.
• If possible, plan to test any students who didn’t • Each student must be separated by a minimum of
participate in the preadministration session in a 3 feet from right to left (measure from center of desk).
separate room from those who did.
• Staff access to every student must be unimpeded.
Facility Requirements • At tables, students must be seated at least 3 feet
To prepare for test day, you will need: apart (measured from the center of the table) and
facing the same direction. You can seat 2 students at
• A place to securely receive and store testing a table that’s 6 feet or longer.
materials.
• Large, smooth writing surfaces, preferably desks or
• An area where students can assemble before testing. tables, must be provided.
• Rooms for testing standard students and students
with accommodations.
• Tablet-arm chairs must have a minimum writing
surface of 12 × 15 inches (30 × 38 centimeters).
• A late-arrivals room for students who arrive late but
still in time to be tested. The following seating arrangements are not allowed:
• Round tables, study carrels, lapboards, language
Testing Room Requirements laboratory booths, and tables with partitions or
To promote an effective and secure administration, dividers.
testing rooms must fulfill these requirements: • Seat assignments that follow any expected
• Rooms must be located away from noisy areas and patterns or defined order. If testing students in
distracting activities. their homerooms, make sure students are seated at
• Rooms should be near restrooms. random.

• Rooms must have: IMPORTANT: Students may not select their own seats.
• A working clock, visible to all students.
• Proper lighting.
• Proper ventilation.
• Proper seating that follows the seating
requirements given in this section.
• No materials related to test content on display
(these can be removed or covered).

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 13

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Plan Your Staff

Additional Requirements for Seat students using a large-print test, a large-print

Accommodated Testing answer sheet, a calculator with large or raised display, or
a magnification device in the back of the room.
Use the information on your NAR to determine which
students may test together.

• Students who require different timing or breaks must Plan Your Staff
be tested in separate rooms. The number of each staff position you need depends on
• Students with the same type of timing may be seated the number of students testing and whether that number
together. EL students receiving time and one-half includes students testing with accommodations that
can be seated with other time and one-half students require separate rooms.
as long as they use the same testing schedule
(e.g., same breaks). Identify Staff for Testing
• An additional testing room is required if a student’s Make a list of available staff and their roles. Be sure
accommodations would disturb other students or if to include any additional support staff needed for
the student is approved for an accommodation that accommodated testing.
requires one-to-one testing. Students approved for
• Work with school administrators to review teacher
breaks as needed, a human reader, or a scribe must
schedules. Teachers of classes that aren’t meeting
test in a one-to-one setting.
due to testing are likely candidates to serve as
• A computer must be provided for students approved proctors and monitors.
for use of pre-recorded audio and ATC formats.
• If you’re testing students approved in SSD Online
These 2 formats also require specialized timing and
for accommodations, SAAs, or EL time and one-half
must be administered in separate rooms from each
support, work with your SSD coordinator to ensure
other. They also may not share a room with students
you have proper staffing to meet students’ needs.
taking other formats of the test. See the requirements
in Plan for Computer Usage on page 24. • If your school is staggering the testing of multiple
groups, you’ll need additional testing staff to support
IMPORTANT: If students are testing with SAAs, they need to each group. Consider assigning proctors to help with
be tested in separate rooms from other students listed on other duties when they are finished testing their own
the NAR. groups.

Please note that some accommodations may be provided Assign Staff to Testing Rooms
in a standard testing room. These include: Starting with the number of testing rooms you previously
• Preferential seating identified, determine testing room assignments for staff
• Wheelchair access who will administer the test (proctors) or act as monitors.
If you’ll be using additional staff to administer the pre-
• Large-print answer sheet
recorded audio format, work with the SSD coordinator or
• Permission for food, drink, or medication appropriate school staff to give testing staff access to the
• 14-point large-print test book application in advance.
• Magnification device (non-electronic)
Staff Policies
• Sign language interpreter for oral instructions
To qualify for the test administration team, individuals
• Printed copy of verbal instructions must be high school graduates, at least 18 years old,
• Auditory amplification or FM system speak English fluently, and possess the same level
• Colored overlay of integrity and maturity expected of a member of
the school staff. They should reflect the diversity of
• Approval to record answers in the test book
the students being tested and act in a fair, courteous,
If a student is approved in SSD Online for one of these nondiscriminatory, and professional manner.
as a College Board–approved accommodation, and is not
approved for another accommodation that would require
a separate setting, assign the student to a standard
testing room.

If you have a question about room assignments for a

specific accommodation, contact the SSD office.

14 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Plan Your Staff Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Avoid recruiting anyone to serve on the testing staff if Room Monitors Needed
they have any of the following conflicts of interest, which Depending on the number of students in the testing
may result in score invalidation: room, you may also need room monitors.
• Are employed part or full time at a test preparation
Room monitors help set up the testing area, monitor
company.
testing and breaks, and check the hallways during
• Participate in any coaching activity that addresses testing and breaks. They may also help with other duties
the content of secure College Board tests. (The such as seating students and distributing and collecting
teaching and normal review of course content, test materials.
including test familiarization that is part of regularly
scheduled coursework, is acceptable.) FOR EACH STANDARD TESTING ROOM
• Have taken any College Board test within 180 days of
test day. Number of Room
Number of Students Monitors Needed
When making staff assignments, adhere to these policies:
1–34 0
• If a staff member has a child or member of their
35–50 1
household taking the PSAT 8/9 at any test site
during the same testing period, they must not take 51–100 2
a role that gives them access to test books before 101 or more 3+ (1 monitor for each
test day. At a minimum, this includes the roles of additional 50 students)
test coordinator, SSD coordinator, and backup test
coordinator. When this policy is not followed, the
related student’s scores are subject to invalidation. FOR EACH ACCOMMODATED TESTING ROOM

• Never assign a proctor or other support staff to Number of Room

administer the test to a member of their family. Number of Students Monitors Needed
If a staff member administers the test to their child
1–20 0
or a member of their household, the scores will be
invalidated, and the student will require a makeup test. More than 20 1+ (1 monitor for each
additional 20 students)
A test coordinator or a proctor must be present in each
room to read aloud the instructions from this manual. Additional staff may be needed for students testing with
In large testing rooms, if students might have difficulty accommodations. Work with your SSD coordinator to
hearing instructions, you may use a microphone or determine how many additional monitors will be needed
public address system. Do not use a public address for these students.
system to administer the test in more than 1 room
simultaneously. Monitors don’t administer the test but Hall Monitors Needed
may perform other duties. You will always need at least 1 hall monitor to supervise
students during breaks. Depending on the number of
Before accepting assignment to the testing staff, all
testing rooms, you may need more.
individuals that you recruit, including any backup
coordinator, must review, agree to, and sign the Testing
NUMBER OF HALL MONITORS NEEDED
Staff Agreement. You’re also required to sign the form as
test coordinator. Number of Hall
Number of Rooms Monitors Needed
Supplementing Testing Staff
1–5 1
If you need to supplement your school staff with
additional personnel, follow the same guidelines 6–10 2
defined by your school or district for serving on the 11–15 3
school staff. Refer to the Assessment Integrity Guide at
16–20 4
michigan.gov/psat for additional information.
More than 20 5+ (1 monitor for each
Proctors Needed additional 5 rooms)
Proctors are responsible for conducting a secure, valid
administration in the testing room. Each testing room
requires 1 proctor. A human reader or scribe can serve
as proctor in their room because they are testing just
1 student in a one-to-one setting.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 15

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Build Your Room Rosters

Support Staff Needed for Assign Students to Testing Rooms

Accommodated Testing Divide your students into testing rooms based on
Work with the SSD coordinator to check your dashboard room capacity.
in SSD Online for students approved for any of the • Separate your list of students into standard and
following support staff: accommodated test takers.
• Human readers • Next, separate your list of students testing with
• Scribes accommodations or supports into testing rooms
• Sign language interpreters (for test directions) based on their accommodations listed on your NAR.

• Other support staff (e.g., aide, nurse) • Remember that students testing in the same room
must have the same color testing materials and
Support staff must meet the same requirements as all
the same testing schedule.
other staff. No specific training is required for SSD
support staff, but the test coordinator may choose to • Some students with accommodations may also
share proctor training materials with human readers, test in a standard testing room.
scribes, etc. • Students may require testing in small groups.
Generally, small groups should consist of
15 students or fewer, but this may be smaller or
Build Your Room Rosters larger depending on room size and individual
student needs.
Once you have your room assignments for staff, create
a roster for each testing room that each proctor can • Students in 8th and 9th grades must be tested
use to record attendance on test day. Proctors testing separately.
students with accommodations will also use the room • Add each student’s testing room assignment to your
roster to plan for using the appropriate script(s) on test Schoolwide Student List.
day and to make other preparations for administering
accommodations in their room.
• On your Schoolwide Student List and your room
rosters, indicate students’ specific accommodations and
Assign a Testing Room Code identify any EL students testing with time and one-half.

to Each Testing Room Create Individual Room Rosters

Testing room codes allow you to better manage your Build the room rosters of students testing in a given
administration. If a group disturbance occurs, the testing room to distribute to proctors.
testing room code allows you to identify students who
may have been affected by the irregularity and makes • Divide your Schoolwide Student List into individual
it easier to quickly locate the right personnel to answer room rosters for students testing in standard and
any questions related to such group irregularities. By accommodated testing rooms, using the NAR to
speeding up investigations of irregularities, testing room guide you.
codes help ensure scores for your school are released as • In addition to individual room rosters for
quickly as possible. accommodated testing rooms, provide a copy of
the relevant pages of the NAR to each proctor for
• Assign a 3-digit testing room code to each room
their room. The proctor will need to record which
you’ve identified as a testing room. When using
accommodations each student tested with next to the
codes shorter than 3 digits, be sure to include leading
student’s name on the NAR. Proctors testing students
zeros (e.g., 001, 020).
using the pre-recorded audio format will need each
• Record the testing room code on each room list you student’s SSD number as well.
created. The staff will give the testing room code to
students to enter on their answer sheets and test
• Note the testing room code on each room roster.
books on test day.
Update and Finalize Your
• If you’re using 1 or more off-site testing locations, Room Rosters
assign a unique testing room code or set of codes for
As test day approaches, continue to update your
each location. (If you’ll be using more than 1 testing
Schoolwide Student List and room rosters to account for
room at a location, assign a testing room code to
additional students who may be eligible for testing. Work
each room.)
with your SSD coordinator to identify additional students
recently approved in SSD Online for accommodations or
supports (e.g., students who recently transferred to your
school).

16 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Build Your Plan for Testing Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Plan Training Sessions

Build Your Plan for Testing You’ll receive a link to access training approximately
There are a number of activities you must complete 6 weeks before test day. Training is required for test
leading up to test day. coordinators every year. Other test day staff must
either take the online training or be trained by the test
Plan for Preadministration coordinator. You can share the link in the email with
The preadministration session allows students to other test day staff, such as SSD coordinators and
prepare their answer sheets for testing by filling in proctors. Make sure any off-site test coordinators and
their demographic information in advance of test day. proctors are also given training. You can determine
Students taking the PSAT 8/9 will fill out fields 1–8 only the best way to train other test day staff. Additional
(page 1 of the answer sheet). We recommend that you requirements for the Michigan Department of Education
schedule a preadministration session prior to test day. Assessment Security Training are documented in the
This will reduce the time needed for pretest activities on Assessment Integrity Guide at michigan.gov/psat.
test day and improve the test-taking experience for your See Train Your Staff on page 20 for a list of topics your
students and staff. staff should review prior to testing.
• Decide if you will need to schedule a
preadministration session prior to test day. If so, you
Plan Your Test Day Schedule
may hold preadministration sessions in any number On test day, plan to hold a session with staff before
of ways (for example, in a class, in an assembly for testing begins to share last-minute reminders and hand
students taking the test, or in small groups). Don’t let out testing room packets.
students take the answer sheets out of the room. All As you plan your schedule, you can review the Overview
activities related to answer sheets must take place of Timing and Breaks for the timing of the test. It shows
with school supervision. the total timing with breaks and without, as well as
• Filling out the required information fields may take as timing for various accommodations you may provide.
much as 20 minutes.
• Be sure to plan for the additional time it will take to
IMPORTANT: If you choose to complete the test any student(s) approved for extended time.
preadministration on test day and it takes longer than • Select a start time that allows for the full time for
expected, you must still give students the full amount of testing within a typical school day. Begin testing
time for each of the test sections and breaks. early enough to complete testing before the end of
the school day (a morning start time would best
• Plan to distribute copies of the PSAT 8/9 Student ensure this). For standard testing, you may not break
Guide in advance of the preadministration session. for lunch and then resume testing.
The student guide provides a link to College Board
• Schools can use flexible start times when testing
privacy policies.
groups of students taking the same assessment or
• If students are absent for your preadministration, taking different assessments. (For example, if you’re
plan a session with them at some other time before administering both SAT School Day and PSAT 8/9,
test day. the group of SAT School Day testers could begin
• On test day, have blank answer sheets on hand for any first, with PSAT 8/9 testers starting at a later time.)
students who missed the preadministration session. • If your school is testing groups of students at
Part 2 of this manual includes detailed instructions and different times:
scripts for conducting the session. Also see Prepare Your • All testing must start before the first group to
Preadministration Session on page 35 for detailed test completes testing. Each group must have
instructions on planning the session. completed all testing before they are dismissed.
• Consider multi-day test takers and students with
extended time when assigning testing groups.
College Board recommends assigning students
testing with extended time to the earliest testing
group.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 17

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Build Your Plan for Testing

Plan Accommodated Testing avoid allowing snacks in the testing room unless local
Window Schedule health and safety guidelines require it. In particular, food
and drinks should never be allowed near testing materials
• All students on the NAR are eligible to test in the unless a student has an approved accommodation.
accommodated window.
• Meet with your staff to determine when to start testing Your staff may need breaks. While testing is in progress,
students eligible to test in the accommodated window. testing rooms cannot be left unattended. Plan a schedule
If possible, start testing on the primary test date. of break times with your staff before test day, and work
out how you will rotate to allow each staff member at least
• For students who require 2-day testing, schedule the 1 break. Staff in extended time rooms may require 2 breaks.
second day of accommodated testing on the next
consecutive school day.
Plan for Makeup Testing
• Be sure to allow for rooms needed for 2 days of testing. Be aware of the makeup window for your school if you
• Track any absentees and plan for them to test plan to administer makeup testing. Makeup testing
as soon as they return to school within the requires that you follow all of the same policies as those
accommodated window. for the primary testing window. For students absent
• Plan for secure storage of materials used for 2-day during the primary testing window, securely store any
testing. Materials for students testing during the prelabeled or pregridded (i.e., with filled-in responses)
accommodated testing window must be securely answer sheets until you hold the makeup test.
stored until all students have been tested. You’ll All of the following tasks apply to planning for the
return their answer sheets when all accommodated makeup test:
window testing is complete, no later than the end of
• Compile the list of students who were absent or
the accommodated window.
experienced an irregularity and who require a
• Students with double time (for the entire assessment) or makeup test.
using the pre-recorded audio format will test over 2 days.
• Request materials. (You’ll get an email before the
primary test day with instructions.)
Plan Student Check-In
Depending on your needs, plan for either a central check-
• Identify the number of rooms needed.
in or a room check-in. If you’re using a central check-in, • Assign staff to testing rooms.
you’ll need to designate a waiting area where students • Build your room rosters and update if necessary.
can assemble before testing and to inform staff and Students in 8th and 9th grade must be tested separately.
students of the location. • After testing, return materials following procedures in
After the Test Tasks and Information on page 41.
Provide advance guidance to students. Post notices in
prominent places stating when students should arrive,
where they should meet for room assignments, and what
Plan for Off-Site Testing
Most schools participating in PSAT 8/9 administrations
they’ll need to bring on test day. Plan for staff to meet
will use their school as the test location. However, some
them at a predetermined location on test day and direct
schools, due to space restrictions, may need to plan for
them to their assigned rooms.
1 or more off-site testing locations. The school (AI) code
Post Testing Room Assignments is common across all of your school’s testing locations.

Several days before the test, prominently post room • Assign a unique testing room code or set of codes for
assignments to minimize confusion on test day. each off-site location. (If you’ll be using more than
1 testing room at a location, assign a testing room
When you post room assignments, include names and code to each room.)
room numbers only. Take care not to post any student’s
personally identifiable information such as date of birth,
• Assign an off-site test coordinator for each off-site
location and off-site proctors as needed.
address, accommodations, or supports.
• Make sure off-site test coordinators and proctors are
Be sure to post room assignments in a way that doesn’t provided with training.
call attention to students testing in accommodated rooms. • Plan for secure transport of materials to off-site
locations.
Plan for Breaks • Each location’s test coordinator is responsible
Students may have snacks and drinks in supervised for ensuring that the off-site test location meets
designated areas during scheduled breaks in testing. the requirements for test materials security, room
Before test day, designate 1 or more areas near the testing configuration, seating (round tables are prohibited
rooms to use for this purpose. In general, you should for testing), and test day staffing as described in this
manual.

18 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Manage Test Day Impacts Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Timing for the PSAT 8/9

This chart can help you plan your test schedule. It includes the total time without
preadministration (20 minutes) and dismissal (5 minutes or more).

TIMING FOR THE PSAT 8/9

Total Testing Time Total Testing Time

Including Breaks (Not Including Breaks)
Standard Time 2 hours, 35 minutes 2 hours, 25 minutes
Standard Time with Extra Breaks 2 hours, 50 minutes 2 hours, 25 minutes
Time and One-Half 4 hours, 3 minutes 3 hours, 38 minutes
Double Time, Day 1 3 hours 2 hours, 50 minutes
Double Time, Day 2 2 hours, 10 minutes 2 hours
Math Only Time and One-Half 3 hours, 15 minutes 2 hours, 55 minutes
Math Only Double Time 3 hours, 45 minutes 3 hours, 25 minutes
Pre-recorded Audio (MP3), Day 1 3 hours, 50 minutes 3 hours, 35 minutes
Pre-recorded Audio (MP3), Day 2 2 hours, 10 minutes 2 hours

Manage Test Day Impacts Minimize Distractions

Only test takers, testing staff, authorized observers,
Administering the PSAT 8/9 will affect how your school
and SSD support staff (e.g., sign language interpreters)
normally operates. Plan ahead to ensure the day will go
are allowed in the testing area on test day. Parents and
smoothly for those who are testing and those who aren’t.
guardians may need to be reminded of this policy.
Plan for Test Day Impacts Displaying signs or posters stating this policy can help
to Rooms and Students minimize disruptions. When you train your staff, be sure
to emphasize that this policy is both for security reasons
• Arrange for bells and announcements to be silenced
on test day. and to protect students from disruptions on test day.

• If testing in the morning, be sure to schedule lunch Establish clear rules for conduct during breaks to help
for students after testing concludes. control noise and similar distractions. Staff should
remind students not to access or use a phone or any
• Review the schedule of classes that would normally
meet in the rooms you have identified for testing. other electronic device, not to access any books or notes,
not to talk in the hallways, not to leave the building,
• For test day, the school may need to adjust or relocate and not to go to their lockers. The week before the
classes, and/or schedule study halls, field trips, practice test, instruct school staff to remind students of the
testing, or other activities for students not testing. importance of not disrupting testing.
• Create a list of test day room/activity assignments for
nontesting students. A few days before test day, share IMPORTANT: Inform the school population that during the
the list with staff, post it in offices, and create individual test administration, the use of school facilities will be
room signs for display in all affected classrooms. restricted and unauthorized people must stay away from
the testing area and keep noise to a minimum.
Establish a Signaling System
Setting up a signaling system can help ensure a smooth
test day. This might mean having a central extension for
staff to call or a visual signal to indicate that assistance
is needed in a particular room. Staff will have a greater
level of comfort if they know how to reach you quickly
when they need to.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 19

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Train Your Staff

Train Your Staff Maintain Security

Part 2 of this manual gives instructions for the proctor Because electronic devices, including smartwatches and
to administer the test, including the scripts to be read to mobile phones, can be used to record test questions and
students and instructions for monitoring breaks. Share answers or to bring answer keys into the testing room,
copies of the manual for review ahead of time. All testing College Board strictly prohibits such devices.
staff should be familiar with these instructions.
Phone access is not allowed in the testing site (unless
Hold Training Sessions approved for use as an accommodation). Consequences
for possessing prohibited devices include dismissal,
About 6 weeks before test day, you’ll receive an email
score invalidation, and collection of the electronic
with online training information.
device for investigation. Students who possess
About 2 weeks before the test, schedule and conduct a prohibited devices during the test, including breaks,
training session with your staff to review procedures, may be barred from future College Board assessments.
forms, and timing; to announce staff assignments; to Refer to the Irregularity Chart on page 117 for direction on
distribute manuals; and to answer questions. At this how to address students caught using prohibited devices
session, you may want to give your staff access to the and aids. An IR must be completed for all incidents.
online training modules provided.
If you haven’t already done so, have prospective staff Inform Staff of Policies
read and sign the Testing Staff Agreement and the Make sure your staff understands and follows these
OEAA Assessment Security Compliance Form. policies:
Be sure to review the following: • Prepare testing rooms by covering up or removing
any instructional material, such as maps and charts.
• Maintaining security in the testing room
• Procedures for collecting student belongings • Review instructions under Collect Students’ Personal
(if school policy permits) Belongings on page 55 to plan ahead for collecting
or storing electronic devices (depending on school
• Seating policies
policy) as students enter the testing room. Instruct
• Calculator, mobile phone, and other electronic students to disable any alarms and power off
devices policies
electronic devices.
• General responsibilities of each position
• Follow scripts exactly and minimize confusion by
• Using the correct testing materials giving students ample opportunity to ask questions
• Equipping the testing room about procedures.
• Timing of the test and breaks • Remain vigilant at all times during testing. Staff must
• Testing room forms and reports not engage in activities unrelated to testing, such as
• Signaling plan for test day using a phone, using a computer, or grading papers.
• Administering applicable accommodations • Make sure at least 1 staff member is in the testing
room at all times.
Share Role and Room Assignments • Make sure students are monitored during scheduled
Share the testing room assignments with proctors and
and unscheduled breaks.
monitors. Distribute the manuals and inform staff that
they’re responsible for reviewing their copy of the manual • Make sure students don’t access calculators, phones,
and bringing it on test day. Staff members should know: or prohibited aids during breaks.

• Whether they’re assigned a standard or accommodated Some mobile phones can be disguised as calculators
room (if administering the test) and approximately how with the use of a plastic covering. Also, separate
many students are assigned to their room erasers and calculator covers can be used to conceal
• What script(s) they’ll be using, including any aids and notes.
movement between scripts that needs to take place
on test day (e.g., for math-only extended time), and • Don’t leave test materials unattended by testing staff
approximate timing of the test under any circumstances.
• Where and when to report on test day • Make sure test materials aren’t removed from the room.
• General setup of rooms • Don’t allow any student to eat or drink during testing
• Contents of the testing room packet they’ll receive unless they have an approved accommodation.
on test day
• Who the backup test coordinator is, in case of your
absence

20 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Maintain Security Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Immediately report significant problems or events that • Separate timers of any type
interfere with specific testing procedures or compromise test • Cameras or any other photographic equipment
security, either before or on test day, to Michigan PSAT 8/9
Support. See the Irregularity Chart for more information.
• Pens, highlighters, or mechanical or colored pencils
• Books or references of any kind (except for EL
Prohibited Devices Policies supports)
Review College Board prohibited devices policies • Compasses, rulers, protractors, or cutting devices
with your testing staff. See Check Student Desks for • Papers of any kind, including scratch paper (except
Prohibited Items on page 64 for a list of prohibited for EL supports)
devices and aids. • Earplugs
• Students are advised to leave their devices in their • Unacceptable calculators that have computer-style
lockers during test day. Despite this, many students (QWERTY) keyboards, use paper tape, make noise,
will have their phones and other devices with or use a power cord
them. College Board policy requires staff to collect
• Weapons or firearms
phones and electronic devices, including wearable
technology, before testing begins. Device Collection Procedures
• Devices must be completely powered off before Students must power off and turn in all phones, wearable
collection. A phone or other prohibited device that technology (e.g., smartwatches or fitness trackers), and
makes noise is grounds for score invalidation. other electronic devices before beginning to test. It’s
Some alarms are set to sound even when the important for students to feel confident that their devices
device is turned off. are safe and will be returned to them promptly at the end
• Before testing begins, students have 1 more chance of testing. Depending on your school policy, you must
to turn off and turn in their phones and other follow 1 of these 2 options for adhering to College Board
electronic devices if they haven’t already. policy requiring collection of devices:
• Once the warning script has been read, if • Option 1 – Collect devices and put them in individual
a prohibited device is seen in a student’s bags. (Follow this option if school policy permits.)
possession, regardless of whether it’s making
• Option 2 – Keep devices in students’ bags and collect
noise, the test coordinator should collect the
bags.
device, inspect the device for test-related content,
and dismiss the student. (Refer to the Irregularity IMPORTANT: If your school has different testing groups
Chart for more information.) starting at different times, mobile phones may be returned
• If a student’s phone makes noise or creates a to students completing testing only after the last group of
disturbance while in the proctor’s possession or students has begun testing.
stored away from the student’s desk, this shouldn’t
be considered grounds for dismissal, but the proctor For more details and suggested collection procedures,
should power off the phone to prevent additional see Collect Students’ Personal Belongings on page 55.
disturbances during testing and warn the student
that additional disturbances will result in dismissal. Medical Devices
Epinephrine auto-injectors (e.g., EpiPens) are
• Full direction on how to address students caught
using prohibited devices and aids appears in the permitted in the testing room without the need for
Irregularity Chart under Security Violations. Contact accommodations. They must be placed in a clear bag
Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support immediately for further and stored under the student’s desk during testing.
instructions if a device has been collected and test Follow your school or state’s policies regarding EpiPens.
content is detected on the device. Other medical devices, such as devices used for testing
blood sugar, require an accommodation. In some cases, a
Prohibited Devices and Aids student may be approved in SSD Online to have a mobile
Students may not have the following in the test phone in the testing room for use with a glucose monitor.
area or break area, except in the case of approved Only students specifically approved to have a mobile
accommodations for particular testing aids: phone in the testing room may do so. Approval to test
• Mobile phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers, blood sugar doesn’t permit the student to have a mobile
or other wearable technology (simple nondigital phone; they must also be approved for use of a mobile
watches are acceptable) phone. For more information, see Use of Medical Devices
• Audio players or recorders, tablets, laptops, notebooks, on page 56.
Bluetooth devices (e.g., wireless earbuds/headphones),
or any other personal computing devices

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 21

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Maintain Security

Students with Service Animals Calculator Policies and Guidelines

Students are encouraged to request accommodations for Calculators may only be used on the Math Test –
both service animals, such as guide dogs, and emotional Calculator portion of the test, unless a student is approved
support animals. Service animals may be permitted to use a basic 4-function calculator as an accommodation
without an accommodation so long as they’re trained and on the Math Test – No Calculator portion. Students may
the student can explain what service the animal provides. have calculators on their desks only when working on
Don’t admit untrained emotional support animals that the Math Test – Calculator questions. Calculator covers
haven’t been approved as an accommodation. Contact the should be stored under desks during testing.
SSD office for further information.
General policies are as follows:
Test Monitoring Responsibilities • All questions can be answered without a calculator.
Staff must administer all test sections in sequence and • We recommend students use a scientific or graphing
be ready to answer questions and help students feel calculator they are familiar with on the Math Test –
confident about procedures. Remind staff not to answer Calculator portion of the PSAT 8/9.
questions about test content. • Students should supply their own calculators. If your
Staff must monitor students at all times during the school provides calculators, you must ensure the
administration and breaks. They should walk around devices are included in the Acceptable Calculators
the room while students enter identifying information list in the Appendix, have working batteries, and
on their answer sheets and during the test to make are functional. Make sure students are comfortable
sure each student is working alone and on the proper using them, and have a few extras on hand in case of
test section. No one involved in the test administration malfunction.
should read, grade papers, use a computer or mobile • Students may also bring acceptable backup
phone, or engage in any activity unrelated to the test calculators in case their primary equipment and
administration. batteries fail, but they need the proctor’s permission
to use backup equipment. If your school provides
Staff should allow only 1 student at a time to take an calculators, be sure to have a few extra on hand.
unscheduled break, and remind the student that no extra
time will be allowed for the break (unless the student Monitoring Equipment Use
has been approved in SSD Online for breaks as needed). Follow instructions in the scripts to monitor the use of
Staff should collect the test book and answer sheet as calculators.
the student leaves the room, make sure the test book is
the actual test book and not a substitute, and fan the test • Only handheld equipment that doesn’t require an
book to make sure no pages have been removed. external power source can be used for testing.
• All scientific calculators and most graphing
Seating Policies calculators are acceptable. See the Acceptable
Have proctors follow these procedures: Calculators list in the Appendix. All 4-function
• Develop a seating plan ahead of time that follows calculators are permitted on the Math Test –
the seating guidelines for type and spacing of seats. Calculator, but not recommended.
(Find Sample Seating Plans under Test Coordination • Students may use calculators with enlarged or
at psat.org/downloads.) raised displays, but they should be seated where the
• Assign seats at random or by prearrangement with calculators are not visible to other students.
the test coordinator. Seating should not be arranged
Students approved to use a calculator on the Math Test
in any predictable order. Never allow students to
– No Calculator questions must use a basic 4-function
select their own seats.
calculator on this section. (Percentage and square root
• Use the seating chart on the back cover of this functions are allowed.) Confirm that the calculators aren’t
manual to record the seating in their rooms for future more advanced models (scientific or graphing calculators).
reference. Test coordinators should keep all seating
charts for at least 3 years.
Calculator Malfunction
Students should raise their hand if their calculators
malfunction before or during the test. Allow them to use
an acceptable backup calculator or insert the batteries
they brought and continue to test.
Students without backup equipment may continue testing
because all questions can be answered without a calculator.

22 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare to Test Students with English Learner Supports Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Prepare to Test Prepare to Test with

Students with English Accommodations
Learner Supports The use of accommodations for the PSAT 8/9 is limited to
students who, due to a disability, require accommodations
College Board provides supports for English learners to access a test, such as students with a disability who
approved by their school to use them. The supports used have documented needs on an Individualized Education
for testing should align to the supports that students use Program (IEP) or 504 plan. It is important to note that
for classroom tests. The available EL supports include time different accommodations may be required for the
and one-half on the entire test, translated test directions, PSAT 8/9 than for other state assessments given in the
and permission to use an approved word-to-word bilingual same time frame, such as the Michigan Student Test of
dictionary. (Students using the time and one-half EL Educational Progress (M-STEP).
support must be entered in SSD Online.) Students can
use any of the supports alone or in combination with one Educators must request all accommodations for the
another. Refer to the guidance provided by the Michigan Michigan-provided PSAT 8/9 through SSD Online.
Department of Education on appropriate use of EL The Michigan Department of Education will give the
supports at michigan.gov/psat. PSAT 8/9 to eligible 8th graders as a state accountability
test. It is recommended that 8th graders receive SAAs
Once you identify the students who require EL supports as they provide an accommodation only for the state-
and the languages they need, you’ll have to obtain the provided test according to a student’s current 8th-grade
supports and plan for time and one-half for those who IEP or 504 plan. It is recommended that 9th graders
need it. This support must be requested each academic receive College Board–approved accommodations.
year for students who need it. Eighth graders can also have College Board–approved
accommodations, which provide an accommodation for
Provide Translated Test the spring test according to a student’s current 8th-grade
Directions and Dictionaries IEP or 504 plan. Unlike SAAs, College Board–approved
No preapproval or request is required to use translated accommodations carry forward to future years’ College
test directions or word-to-word dictionaries. Board assessments. Please note that choosing this
option does not change the IEP team’s responsibility to
• Print the translations and review the list of approved review student needs and necessary accommodations
dictionaries available at michigan.gov/psat so you
at each annual review.
can obtain copies for test day. No translations or
dictionaries will be shipped with the test materials. College Board requires preapproval for all accommodations.
• Students may supply their own dictionaries; Providing accommodations without authorization may
however, you should confirm any dictionaries are on result in the student’s scores being invalidated.
the approved list and plan to collect them for your To help ensure students testing in your school receive
review a few days before testing. This is an important reportable scores, only provide testing accommodations to
precaution to minimize the chances of dictionaries students if they are listed on the NAR or the SSD Online
being used to bring written notes or test aids into the dashboard. If you can’t find a student’s name in either
testing room. place, call the SSD office for assistance.
• Store translated test directions and/or dictionaries
Students with accommodations must be tested with
securely until you’re ready to assemble testing room
the correct testing materials, using the corresponding
packets for proctors.
scripts. Students testing with SAAs will use lime green
Prepare for Extended test books. All other students, including those testing
with College Board–approved accommodations or EL
Time EL Support supports, will use the standard test books (with red
Requests for EL students testing with time and one-half covers) unless approved for another format (for example,
must be entered in SSD Online in advance of the large print or braille with raised line drawings).
deadline. These students will be listed on the NAR to
facilitate planning. When determining room assignments, For their reference, students using a human reader or
you can place these students with other students taking pre-recorded audio, ATC, or braille format as a College
the test with time and one-half on the entire test as long Board–approved accommodation will receive a test book
as no other accommodations are being administered that with the subtitle, “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human
would require different timings or breaks. Reader, Braille, ATC.” Students using these formats as
SAAs will use the regular-print lime green test book
along with their approved format.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 23

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare to Test with Accommodations

This manual includes scripts for standard and • For students using pre-recorded audio format,
accommodated testing. Downloadable standalone you’ll need computers with access to the internet
scripts for ATC users are available from SSD Online (see for downloading the streaming application and test
Download Scripts for ATC Users on page 26). content. On test day the SSD coordinator or proctor
will need to launch the streaming application, and
Students with accommodations must adhere to
the SSD coordinator, proctor, or student will need to
all standard testing administrative procedures,
download the test content. Internet availability will
requirements, and timing regulations unless otherwise
be disabled by the application once testing begins
approved as an accommodation.
and is not needed during the test itself. If your school
Students with accommodations absent on test day is unable to connect to the internet, contact the SSD
should test later in the accommodated testing window office as soon as possible.
using the same testing materials. If you have students • If you require staff other than the SSD coordinator to
with accommodations who experience an irregularity on proctor the pre-recorded audio streaming administration,
test day that may invalidate their results, contact the SSD you’ll need to work with the SSD coordinator to give
office as soon as possible. proctors access to the pre-recorded audio streaming
application. The SSD coordinator will receive an
IMPORTANT: If students test with any accommodations not
access code to set up additional proctors if needed.
preapproved in SSD Online, scores for those students will
be invalidated. • For students approved to use a braille notetaker for
math calculations (scratch work), provide a display
TASKS FOR TEST COORDINATORS monitor to connect to the braille notetaker so the
proctor can see what the student is typing.
The test coordinator oversees all testing, including the
testing of students with accommodations. You’ll need • Instruct the staff to test the equipment before test day
to work with the SSD coordinator to plan and adjust and ensure that important precautions for electronic
room assignments and staffing to meet the needs of your equipment are followed. See Set Up Computers for
students. ATC Users on page 26, Set Up Computers for
Pre-recorded Audio on page 26, and Administer
Check Room Assignments for Accommodations on page 58 for more information.
Students with Accommodations
As the test coordinator, you’re responsible for creating
Ensure Approved Transcription Is Planned
room assignments for all students, including those Some accommodations require transcription. For
testing with accommodations, as covered in Build students using braille writers or other devices, or
Your Room Rosters on page 16. Proctors testing in students approved to write their answers in test books,
accommodated rooms should closely review the content testing staff must transfer the answers to the answer
related to the accommodations they’re administering, as sheet after the student completes the test. Large-print
provided in this manual. answer sheets shouldn’t be transcribed.

Plan for Computer Usage Assign Any Support Staff for

If you’re testing students with any of the following Students with Accommodations
accommodations, your school must provide a computer or • Using the list supplied by your SSD coordinator,
device for the student (a student may not use a personal assign support staff, such as human readers, scribes,
computer or a computer belonging to their family): or sign language interpreters (for directions only), to
students approved in SSD Online for them. Follow
• Pre-recorded audio format
the same guidelines as for other staff assignments
• ATC format (see Plan Your Staff on page 14).
• Electronic braille writer (braille notetaker) • Don’t assign a student’s relative to be their support staff.
Make sure appropriate computers are provided in rooms • Assign a single human reader or scribe to each
where needed. student. (Human readers and scribes can’t be
shared.) Students assisted by a human reader or
• For students using an accommodation requiring a scribe must test in a one-to-one setting.
flash drive, make sure the computers have USB ports.
• Because of the one-to-one testing, the human
Some newer computer models only have smaller USB reader or scribe may serve as the student’s
Type-C ports in place of full-sized USB ports. If your proctor if feasible.
computer does not have a full-sized USB port, you will • Be sure to fully train any support staff who are
need a USB–to–USB-C adapter to connect a flash drive. serving as proctors.

24 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare to Test with Accommodations Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

• Notify human readers and scribes that their students Request Accommodations and EL Supports
will take the test with time and one-half unless a The SSD coordinator submits requests for
student is already approved in SSD Online for double accommodations and EL supports for your students.
time (or more). All accommodations for students with disabilities must
be approved in advance of the test in SSD Online. Some
Continue to Check for Approvals requests will require documentation for College Board
and Plan for Testing Needs review. Requests that require documentation review may
Work with the SSD coordinator to keep checking for take approximately 7 weeks to process from the date we
late approvals and for newly enrolled students who need receive all documentation.
accommodations. The SSD coordinator will receive an
email confirming late approvals or may monitor their For EL students requiring time and one-half for the
SSD Online dashboard. entire test, the SSD coordinator will work with the test
coordinator to enter the request in SSD Online. Unlike
• Ask the SSD coordinator to alert you if they’re College Board accommodations, the EL time and one-half
notified that a student received approval for support must be requested each year for students who need
accommodations. Contact the SSD office if you it. This is the only EL support that must be requested in
don’t receive materials for all students approved for SSD Online. Refer to the Supports and Accommodations
accommodations. Guidance Document available at michigan.gov/psat.
• If necessary, adjust staffing and rooms to allow for
additional students with accommodations.
• For detailed instructions on how to access SSD
Online, see collegeboard.org/ssdonline.
• Contact the SSD office if any information is incorrect
or if a student’s name is missing from the SSD
• If a student needs temporary assistance for an injury
such as a broken arm, download and submit a Support
Online dashboard.
for Students with Temporary Physical/Medical
TASKS FOR SSD COORDINATORS Conditions form as soon as possible. The form is
available online at accommodations.collegeboard.
Work with the Test Coordinator org/pdf/state-provided-temporary-conditions-form.
The SSD coordinator and the test coordinator must pdf. Don’t submit these requests in SSD Online.
collaborate to ensure a smooth administration. The SSD
coordinator will need to supply the test coordinator with: Review Approvals and Add New Requests
• A copy of the NAR. The SSD coordinator will The SSD coordinator will:
need to review the students listed on the NAR to • Identify students testing this year and confirm
confirm that all students are reflected as anticipated. accommodations.
If any student eligible to test is approved for • Use the SSD Online dashboard to look up students.
accommodations in SSD Online but doesn’t
appear on the NAR, the SSD coordinator should
• Submit a request in SSD Online for new students or
students who need accommodations that have not
handwrite the student’s name, SSD number, and
yet been requested.
accommodations at the bottom of the NAR.
• Verify the following information for students with
• A list of students approved for accommodations, previously approved accommodations:
and notification of any updates to apply to the
Schoolwide Student List. This includes any students • The accommodations approved match the
who will be using the time and one-half EL support. student’s current accommodation needs
and will be used by the student on test day.
• A list of needed support staff for students testing (Submit changes in SSD Online.)
with accommodations.
• The student’s name, birth date, and graduation
• Help setting up any computers for computer-based date are correct.
formats (e.g., pre-recorded audio or ATC format).
• For any student no longer at your school, use
• Assistance with planning for rooms and materials. SSD Online to have the student removed from the
• Assistance with providing access to pre-recorded dashboard.
audio if staff other than the SSD coordinator will be • Submit requests in SSD Online to transfer newly
proctoring the pre-recorded audio format. enrolled students with previously approved
accommodations to your school’s SSD dashboard.
• Work with the test coordinator to determine which
students will be using the EL support of time and
one-half and submit the request in SSD Online by
the EL deadline.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 25

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare to Test with Accommodations

IMPORTANT: If the SSD coordinator submits late requests Download Scripts for ATC Users
for supports after the deadline, including SAAs or extended College Board has developed specialized scripts for
time for EL students, or if accommodations are approved the ATC format so proctors don’t have to move back
close to test date, call the SSD office to confirm that and forth between different scripts. While setting up
materials can arrive in time for testing. computers, the SSD coordinator or designated staff
member with access to SSD Online should set aside time
Download and Verify the NAR to download and print the correct script for a student
The SSD coordinator will need to supply the test testing with ATC format.
coordinator with the NAR regularly in the weeks leading
The scripts can be found on SSD Online. From the
up to the test administration. The NAR, which can
dashboard, select Helpful Links and then Test Scripts &
be accessed through SSD Online, will be updated as
Instructions. Proctors still need this full-length manual
accommodations are approved. A final NAR should
to guide them in setting up their rooms and following
be provided to the test coordinator in the days before
testing policies. If no one on staff has access to SSD
testing to ensure proper planning for test day. If the SSD
Online, call the SSD office for assistance.
coordinator cannot print the up-to-date NAR from SSD
Online, or if you need to add students who do not attend Set Up Computers for Pre-recorded Audio
your school, you may write in these students on the NAR.
You’ll need internet access and access to SSD Online
Set Up Computers for ATC Users to download the streaming application and test content.
Internet availability will be disabled by the application
Follow these steps to set up computers for ATC users:
once testing begins. A sample test form will be available
1. Print the student’s last name, first name, and middle to ensure your school’s computers can support audio
initial on the back of the ATC packaging. streaming.
2. Remove each flash drive from its packaging.
IMPORTANT: The streaming application must be installed
3. Insert the flash drive into a USB port on a computer
prior to test day. If computers at your school are set up to
that has Microsoft Word and the student’s approved
require staff or students to log in, the application has to
assistive software installed (JAWS or ZoomText,
be installed on the user profile for the computer that the
for example).
student will be signed in to on test day. (The streaming
4. Follow the instructions under the opened flap on application will be visible as a desktop icon only on the
the flash drive packaging. user account it was originally installed on.)
5. Disable the following functions:
Once installed on a PC or Mac, the streaming application
• Disconnect the computer from any networks and appears as an icon on the desktop. (Chromebooks
from the internet. require you to launch the software from the apps link.)
• Disable camera and recording functionality. Only SSD coordinators (or designated school staff
• Verify all spelling and grammar check tools are with access to SSD Online) and proctors with access
disabled so errors to be identified by the student can launch the application, using their College Board
as part of the assessment aren’t flagged by username and password.
software running on the computer. To prepare and administer the pre-recorded audio format,
6. Once you’ve set up and tested the flash drives: the following steps are needed. Complete instructions
are provided in this section and in the streaming
• Before test day: Eject them and return them to access instructions accessed by the SSD coordinator or
their packaging. Securely store them with other designated staff in SSD Online.
test materials.
1. The SSD coordinator (or designated staff member with
• On test day: Set up the computers again, and
access to SSD Online) receives and shares an access
leave the flash drives inserted in the computers
code (used in SSD Online) with proctors administering
and the packaging on the desks for the students
the pre-recorded audio format. The access code is sent
to reference. The students will need the password
via email a few days before the test.
on the packaging to open the test each time it has
been paused. 2. The SSD coordinator or designated staff member
works with technology staff to download and install
For more information about preparing computers for ATC the application, creating a desktop icon on all PCs
users on test day, see Administer Accommodations on or Macs. (The application is launched from the apps
page 58. link on Chromebooks.)

26 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare to Test with Accommodations Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

3. Staff downloads and launches the sample form to When testing is complete, all test content will be
confirm functionality on all testing devices. removed from the computers. The application can remain
4. Each day of testing, the proctor will launch the installed for future College Board testing.
application for each student.
IMPORTANT: Start early! The streaming application must be
5. Either the proctor or the student will download and installed prior to test day. Call the SSD office for assistance
launch the relevant test content before testing begins. (see the contact information at the front of this manual). If
These are the steps required to ensure successful use the SSD office cannot address a technical issue, or internet
of the streaming application. You can also refer to the access is not available at your school, College Board will
streaming instructions page in SSD Online. need to ship pre-recorded audio on flash drives in time for
test day.
1. Work with the technology staff to download
and install the application from SSD Online to Install the Streaming Application on Single PCs and
any computers that will be used for testing. An Macs
application icon will be created during installation. If you don’t use the mass install through your technology
It’s critical to ensure each person proctoring the test staff, the application must be installed on Windows
on either Day 1 or Day 2 can view the application PCs and Mac computers by the SSD coordinator or
icon when they sign in to the testing machines. designated staff with appropriate rights to install
2. The streaming application can be pushed to applications.
all managed Chromebooks and PCs by your IT Prior to test day, for single PC or Mac installation, the
administrator. Detailed installation instructions are SSD coordinator or other designated staff member
available via the mass install instructions link in SSD should:
Online through the pre-recorded audio application
1. Sign in to their user account on each computer.
access instructions page. Share these instructions
with your IT staff before test day. If you aren’t able to 2. Sign in to SSD Online and find the link to download
use the mass install through your technology staff, the streaming application on the streaming
see Install the Streaming Application on Single PCs instructions page.
and Macs later in this section. 3. Download and install the application. Once installed,
3. Once the application has been installed on each the application will appear as an icon on the desktop.
student’s computer, you must launch the sample test 4. Run the sample test form on every computer. From
form on every computer to confirm functionality, using the SSD Online dashboard, select Pre-recorded
the account (if login is required) the student will use Audio (MP3 via streaming) to access instructions.
to sign in on test day. Printable instructions for how to
run the sample test form are available for download on Types of Accommodations
SSD Online. From the SSD Online dashboard, select and Materials
Pre-recorded Audio (MP3 via streaming).
College Board offers extended time; special formats such
4. For both the sample test and the actual test form, you as braille, pre-recorded audio, and large-print materials;
or the proctors will need a College Board account and and other accommodations to students with documented
an access code to access the relevant information needs and an approved request in SSD Online. Some
in SSD Online. The SSD coordinator can share students may be approved for 1 or more alternate test
their access code with up to 10 additional proctors. formats. See Materials Provided for Accommodated
Proctors won’t have access to all information in SSD Testing on page 30 for a list of materials provided for
Online; they will only have access to download and specific accommodations.
administer the test content. Each student’s College
Board SSD number will be required on test day to The information provided here will help you plan for
download the test content. The SSD coordinator administering the test to students with accommodations
should print the NAR before testing. that affect their room assignments, support staff
requirements, and provided aids (including computers).
5. On test day, the SSD coordinator or proctor will
launch the streaming application and download the
test form (unless students are downloading the test
form themselves). This needs to be repeated for each
student, prior to the start of testing.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 27

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare to Test with Accommodations

Accommodated Timing and Breaks Students who are deaf or hard of hearing:
Some of your students may be approved for • May be approved to have a sign language interpreter
accommodations that require different timing or breaks to translate test directions from spoken English.
for 1 or more sections on the test. • May be approved to have a printed copy of
• Students approved for extended time in reading will the spoken directions and/or blank paper for
receive extended time on all sections of the test. communicating with the proctor available on test day.
Students using the time and one-half EL support also Students assisted by a human reader:
receive extended time for the entire test.
• Take the test with time and one-half unless already
• Students approved for extended time only in math approved for double time (or more).
will get extended time only for the math section.
• Test in a one-to-one setting.
• See the chart Overview of Timing and Breaks on
• Will need a script for dictation of test questions (for
page 104 for detailed information about which
use by the human reader), a subtitled test book or
scripts to use for various accommodations.
an SAA lime green test book, if applicable (for the
A student can be approved for accommodated breaks of student’s reference), and possible additional test
various types. During their breaks, students approved materials as approved in SSD Online (for example,
for accommodated breaks are still subject to the same braille with raised line drawings).
regulations that apply to standard breaks. The proctor
Human readers may read only what is in the script (they
will post break times for them as noted in the scripts.
may not elaborate), but may repeat questions as often as
See Administering Accommodated Breaks and Extended
requested.
Time on page 60 for more details.

Test Aids and Support Staff General Notes for Electronic Devices
Computers used for the audio streaming application
Some students may be approved for accommodations
must have internet access in order to set up the test;
relating to the recording of answers. These
during the test itself, access to other applications will be
accommodations may include the following methods:
disabled and internet access is no longer needed. Use of
• Writer/Scribe: Students will dictate all answers the internet in the testing room is only permitted in order
for the scribe to grid on a standard answer sheet. to set up the streaming application.
Students who test with a scribe will test with time
and one-half unless they have already been approved Make sure that any other electronic device used for
for double time (or more). These students test in a testing in any format, including a computer for use of
one-to-one setting. ATC, a braille writer, or any electronic magnification
device, is not connected to the internet or to any network
• Braille Writer: Students will use a braille device (disable all LAN or ethernet connections). Disable all
(for example, Perkins Brailler) to record responses.
unapproved assistive features such as spell checkers,
Answers must be transcribed by school staff after
grammar checkers, thesauruses, dictionaries, or word
the test (return braille pages with answer sheets).
processing features (for example, cut and paste). Any
Electronic braille writers/notetakers (for example,
device, computer, or monitor connected to an electronic
BrailleNote) may only be used for math calculations.
magnification device must not be able to copy, store, or
An electronic braille writer can’t be connected to any
print the magnified images. Any capability for recording,
network, but it must be connected to a display monitor
storage, snapshot, or transmission of data, whether in
so the proctor can see what the student is typing. In
the form of pictures, text, or other information, is strictly
addition, a student may not use a personal computer
prohibited.
or a computer belonging to their family as a braille
writer. Students recording their answers on a braille
Large Print
device may also be approved to use scratch paper.
Students who test with large print—14-point, 20-point,
• Record Responses in the Test Book: Students will or larger print—test with standard time and breaks
record all answers in the test book. The staff must (Script 1), unless approved in SSD Online for other
transfer the responses to the standard answer sheet accommodations. Students using test books with larger
after the test. than 14-point print must test in an accommodated room.
• Record Answers on a Large-Print Answer Sheet:
Large-print answer sheets are returned with other
used answer sheets in the white Accommodated
Testing Envelope. No transcription is required.

28 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare to Test with Accommodations Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Braille Test Formats • If your school’s computers require login credentials,

• Students approved for braille with raised line the person who installed the application before test
drawings test with braille test formats. These students day must also be present on each day of testing to
have standard time and breaks (Script 1) unless sign in to each computer and start the application.
approved in SSD Online for other accommodations. • To launch the test form, the staff member or student
will require the student’s College Board SSD number.
• Braille test formats are in Unified English Braille
The SSD coordinator can locate this number through
(UEB) with Nemeth Code for math. They include
the SSD Online dashboard; it’s also listed on the NAR.
raised line drawings of graphs and figures when
graphs and figures are included in the test. • All students using pre-recorded audio format will test
with double time for the entire test and will have an
• Provide each student with a copy of the Guide to the additional 45 minutes to complete Section 2. These
Nemeth Code and the Braille Reference Information students test over 2 days.
(a braille math reference book). The Guide to the
Nemeth Code lists the current version of Nemeth
• If your school has been approved to use pre-recorded
audio flash drives, they also must be set up before
Code mathematical symbols with their meanings.
test day. The flash drives contain read-only files and
Students may refer to the guide during the test if
a built-in player to deliver the test content.
they’re taking the braille test. The Braille Reference
Information contains math reference material required The ATC format requires double time for Section 2 only.
for the braille test. For all other sections, students will receive the timing
they are approved for (standard, time and one-half, or
To supplement each braille test, a subtitled test book or
double time). ATC standalone scripts for specific timings
an SAA lime green test book, if applicable, is included as
are available for download from SSD Online. For more
a reference. A reader’s script will also be sent in case the information, see Download Scripts for ATC Users on
student asks to have a question read. page 26.

Raised Line Drawings A test book with the subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio,
Some students using formats other than braille may be Human Reader, Braille, ATC” is provided for reference to
approved for the accommodation of raised line drawings each student using pre-recorded audio or ATC format as a
(also called braille graphs and figures or braille figure College Board–approved accommodation. Students testing
supplements) along with a human reader or pre-recorded with these formats as SAAs will use the regular-print lime
audio format. See Administering Raised Line Drawings green test book along with their approved format.
on page 62 for more information.
Troubleshooting for Pre-recorded
Pre-recorded Audio and ATC Formats Audio (MP3 Via Streaming)
Set up audio streaming before test day to ensure a
Chromebook, Mac, and Windows are supported for both
smooth administration. If problems arise, check your
pre-recorded audio and ATC formats.
internet access before seeking additional assistance.
The school must provide suitable computers for pre-
Contact Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support if you have any
recorded audio and ATC formats. Schools can also
additional questions or issues with the application,
provide earphones (which are required for the pre-
including but not limited to:
recorded audio format and for use with any text-to-
speech software used with the ATC format). • Downloading and installing the application
• Administering the sample form
The pre-recorded audio format is an audio recording
of the test. It’s delivered via streaming application and
• Data collection
consists of read-only files. • Administering the test form

• Setup for pre-recorded audio testing should be done State-Allowed Accommodations

before test day to ensure a smooth administration. SAAs allow students to use defined accommodations
Setup information is in this manual (see Set Up or supports for the Michigan-provided assessments
Computers for Pre-recorded Audio on page 26) and only, and are recommended for 8th graders. When
on the streaming instructions page accessed by the administering SAAs, students must be tested with lime
SSD coordinator in SSD Online. green materials in separate rooms from students with
• Setup requires 2 steps: installing and testing the dark red test books. However, proctors testing these
application prior to test day and downloading the students will follow the testing procedures as defined
actual test content during each day of testing. for students testing with dark red test books. Students,
schools, and the Michigan Department of Education will
receive scores when SAAs are used.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 29

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare to Test with Accommodations

Materials Provided for Accommodated Testing

Use the table that follows to confirm you have received all materials for students testing
with accommodations and students using the time and one-half EL support.
For some accommodations, you’ll receive regular and large-print test books and/or regular
and large-print answer sheets and instructions. These extra materials are included to cover
the different needs of your students and support staff, where applicable.

ACCOMMODATED TESTING

Accommodation Materials Provided for Each Approved Student

• Time and one-half (includes EL support) • Standard-print test book
• Double time • Standard answer sheet
• Auditory amplification/FM system
• Breaks as needed
• Extra or extended breaks
• 4-function calculator on Math Test – No
Calculator portion
• Home/hospital testing
• Late start time
• Limited testing time
• One-to-one testing
• Permission for food/drink/medication
• Permission to test blood sugar
• Preferential seating
• Record answers in test book
• Sign language interpreter
• Small-group setting
• Use of colored overlay
• Wheelchair accessibility
• Writer/scribe
• Printed copy of verbal instructions
(Download instructions from SSD Online)
Large-print answer sheet • Large-print answer sheet
• Large print - 14-point test book • Large print—14-point/20-point/24-point/larger than 24-point test book, as
• Large print - 20-point test book applicable
• Large print - 24-point test book • Standard answer sheet
• Large print - Larger than 24-point test book • Large-print answer sheet (for students approved to use them)
Pre-recorded audio (MP3 via streaming) format • Streaming application with MP3 files*
• Test book with subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human Reader, Braille,
ATC” (for College Board–approved accommodations)
• Standard lime green test book (for SAAs)
• Standard answer sheet
ATC • Flash drive with ATC files
• Test book with subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human Reader, Braille,
ATC” (for College Board–approved accommodations)
• Standard lime green test book (for SAAs)
• Standard answer sheet
• Large-print answer sheet (for students approved to use them)
• ATC standalone script (Download script from SSD Online)

30 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare Your Students Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Accommodation Materials Provided for Each Approved Student

Human reader • Reader’s script
• Test book with subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human Reader, Braille,
ATC” (for College Board–approved accommodations)
• Standard lime green test book (for SAAs)
• Standard answer sheet
Braille with raised line drawings Braille kit:
Students might be separately approved • Braille Book 1—Reading Test, Writing and Language Test
to use a raised line drawings supplement • Braille Book 2—Math Test – No Calculator, Math Test – Calculator
(see below) in conjunction with a test Guide to the Nemeth Code
•
format such as an audio version of the
• Braille Reference Information
test, or with a human reader. This is not
the same as testing with a braille test. Also:
• Standard answer sheet
• Test book with subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human Reader, Braille,
ATC” (for College Board–approved accommodations)
• Standard lime green test book (for SAAs)
• Reader’s script
Raised line drawings Braille Figure Supplement book

*Flash drives with MP3 audio files may be provided on request to schools unable to stream pre-recorded audio.

Prepare Your Students list of students’ assigned testing rooms at each entrance
of your school. If you post a list, please do so in a
Inform Students About the PSAT 8/9 way that doesn’t call attention to students testing in
accommodated rooms.
• Several weeks before test day, meet with students,
including those with accommodations, to review
important information for test day. Let them know
What to Bring on Test Day
Tell students to bring the following on test day:
their schedule and that they won’t have lunch until
after testing ends for the day if testing in the morning. • Two No. 2 pencils with soft erasers; no pens or
mechanical pencils.
• Distribute the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide, delivered in
your preadministration shipments, to your students • Acceptable calculator (for the Math Test – Calculator
as soon as possible. Encourage students to read portion of the test only).
the Terms and Conditions. The student guide also • Earphones, if using an ATC or pre-recorded audio
provides sample test questions and test-taking tips. format (unless the school is providing earphones).
• Current and valid school or government issued
Inform Families About the PSAT 8/9 photo ID that includes their name and signature, if
We suggest you inform students’ families of what necessary.
students can expect on test day and what the PSAT 8/9
means to their college and career planning. Make them
• For students approved to use a calculator on the
Math Test – No Calculator portion of the PSAT 8/9, a
aware of additional privacy policies and Terms and
separate, basic 4-function calculator. (Percentage and
Conditions as described in the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide
square root functions are permitted.)
so they can discuss them with their child. Parents should
know that students taking the PSAT 8/9 won’t complete We also recommend that students bring:
the optional demographic questionnaire. • Snacks and drinks (which must be stored under the
students’ desks during testing).
When and Where to Report
Ensure students know what time to arrive on test day.
• Extra batteries and a backup calculator.
Arrange to notify students about their designated rooms If applicable, give this information to all students who
for test day as they arrive at school. We recommend don’t regularly attend your school but who will be testing
assigning a monitor to each entrance of the school on at your school.
test day with a list of the assigned testing rooms to
help direct students. If you do not have enough staff to
assign a monitor to direct students, consider posting a

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 31

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare Your Materials

What Not to Bring on Test Day Protecting Student Privacy

Students may not have items listed under Check Student We are committed to protecting student data.
Desks for Prohibited Items on page 64 (except in the
case of accommodations approved in SSD Online for
• As test coordinator, it is your responsibility to
ensure that test day rosters are only handled by
specific aids).
staff supporting the administration and are stored
Marking the Answer Sheet securely or returned to College Board.
Correctly marking the answers is very important. Marks • Student information, including date of birth, address,
that are too light or that don’t completely fill the bubbles and accommodations or supports, should not be
won’t scan properly and could lead to lower scores. posted or otherwise shared publicly. If you post room
assignments at your school, include name and room
• No. 2 pencils with soft erasers are required. number only.
Mechanical pencils are not allowed because they
may punch through the answer sheet or may not Students age 13 and over can link their Khan Academy®
have No. 2 lead. Marks made with the wrong kind of and College Board accounts to benefit from additional
lead don’t scan properly and may not be scored. personalization through the use of their actual PSAT 8/9
results. Account linking is entirely student driven, and
• Students must fill in each bubble darkly and students can unlink their accounts at any time. Khan
completely. Students using a large-print answer
Academy and College Board are committed to creating a
sheet must mark Xs darkly in the squares. If students
safe and secure online environment for all students using
need to erase a response, they must do so as
Official SAT Practice. College Board and Khan Academy
completely as possible.
don’t share students’ personal information or practice
• Students must mark their answers on the answer work without their consent.
sheet—no credit is given for answers recorded in the
test book (unless approval has been given in SSD For more information about privacy practices, please visit:
Online for this accommodation). • collegeboard.org/privacy-policy
• khanacademy.org/about/privacy-policy
Important Reminders for ATC
and Pre-recorded Audio Users
Share these important details with your ATC and pre- Prepare Your Materials
recorded audio format users ahead of test day: Plan ahead to check and secure materials as you receive
• Students using pre-recorded audio or ATC format them and assign no more than 2 other staff members to
with text-to-speech should use earphones. Schools access the materials.
can provide earphones, if necessary; however,
students should use earphones they’re familiar with Identify Authorized Staff
and comfortable using. Bluetooth capabilities are not Provide a list of authorized staff to all personnel who will
allowed–only wired earphones are permitted. be handling test materials. Remind your staff to carry
• Students using either format should practice to identification at all times during test day and to never
become familiar with the software before testing. allow unauthorized individuals near test materials.
For tips and practice tests, go to accommodations.
IMPORTANT: Any staff member, including the test
collegeboard.org/request-accommodations//how-
students-can-practice/psat-nmsqt-psat-10. While coordinator, who will have access to test books before test
these practice materials are for the PSAT/NMSQT® day must not have a child or member of their household
and PSAT 10, students can use them to become taking the same College Board test during the same testing
familiar with the navigation tools. period at any test site. In such instances, the student’s
scores are subject to invalidation.
• Pre-recorded audio users should know how much
testing time they’ll have and that they’ll be testing
over 2 days.
• The ATC format will be administered with the
same approved timing as a paper test format with
1 exception: Section 2 requires double time.
• Students use ATC and pre-recorded audio formats
to access test questions, but still must record their
answers on an answer sheet (or another method
according to an approved accommodation).

32 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare Your Materials Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Check the Preadministration • Lime green materials for individual students testing
Materials Shipment with SAAs, if necessary.

Preadministration and test materials typically arrive in • Coordinator Testing Materials Kit containing:
1 or more separate shipments. • CRF.

Preadministration materials include: • IR forms.

• Answer sheets • White Accommodated Testing Envelope for

return of answer sheets for students tested with
• Large-print answer sheets (as needed)
accommodations.
• Copies of the PSAT 8/9 Coordinator Manual
• Gray-Bordered Envelope.
• Copies of the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide
• Tape to seal the boxes when you return materials.
• Pre-ID labels
• Carton(s) or UPS Express Pak(s) with preapplied
• Extra sheets of blank pre-ID labels
labels for returning used answer sheets.
IMPORTANT: If you do not have enough answer sheets, • Preprinted UPS label(s) and red labels for returning
use the additional material ordering window in the OEAA all test books.
Secure Site to request more be sent to you. Photocopied
For security reasons, do not unseal or open the test book
answer sheets will not be scored.
wrapping until test day. Check them as follows:

Check the Test Materials Shipment • Verify that you have received all boxes in the
shipment. If more than 1 box was used for your
Select a secure, locked location for storing test materials,
shipment, each will be marked accordingly
and confirm access to the storage area is limited to no
(e.g., 1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3).
more than 3 authorized individuals.
• Validate each item on the box-level materials list is in
Standard and accommodated materials will be shipped each box.
separately to the test coordinator. Test materials for 8th and
• Verify the quantities of test materials by carefully
9th grade will be shipped separately. You should receive
counting the test books enclosed inside the
testing materials approximately 3 weeks before test day.
shrinkwrapped bundles, but do not open the
Each shipment may include more than 1 box. shrinkwrap. Check the test book covers to ensure
they specify the correct symbol:
If you do not receive testing materials by the expected date,
call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support immediately. • Test books for 8th-grade primary testing have an
apple on the cover.
IMPORTANT: Check the contents of the test materials • Test books for 9th-grade primary testing have a
shipment within 24 hours of delivery to allow enough time crescent on the cover.
to get missing or extra materials to you, if needed. Use the
• Compare the serial numbers on test materials against
packing list(s) to make sure all items are accounted for. Do
those on your shipping notice.
not remove any testing materials from the test site without
the consent of OTI. Call OTI immediately if materials are missing or
damaged; if you detect any loss, theft, or tampering;
See Materials Tables on page 4 for further
or if the serial numbers on the test books do not
information about each shipment.
correspond with those on the shipping notice. Also note
Your shipments will include: any such irregularities on an IR.
• Shipment-level shipping notice. One box will contain
• Check the CRF to be sure it displays the correct
a summary list of all materials in the shipment.
school (AI) code. If the school code on the CRF is
• Shrinkwrapped standard test books. incorrect, call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support to request
• Accommodated test materials for individual students a new copy.
approved to use them.
IMPORTANT: If you need additional standard test books,
• Subtitled test books for individual students approved
standard answer sheets, or coordinator manuals, these can
by College Board for a human reader or pre-recorded
be ordered in the OEAA Secure Site during the additional
audio, ATC, or braille format. (Be sure to keep these
materials ordering window, as specified in the Important
separate from the standard test books used by other
Dates listed on michigan.gov/psat.
students.) Students using these formats as SAAs will
use regular-print lime green books along with their
approved format.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 33

Part
1 Before Test Day Tasks and Information Prepare Your Materials

After you check the test materials, reseal the boxes Assemble Testing Room Packets
with the tape provided. Sign your name across the tape As close to test day as possible, create packets for your
extending onto the boxes and store the sealed cartons testing rooms. This will make distributing materials
until the test date in a locked, secure area that has to proctors much easier on test day. We recommend
limited access. Do not store materials in a classroom, that you place the packets into bins. Sort materials to
trunk of a vehicle, or residence. Never allow students create a packet for each testing room. Include the correct
to transport test materials. Materials may not be shared materials for each room—standard or accommodated.
with other schools.
Use the following items to create a testing room packet
Keep the empty, prelabeled answer sheet return for each room:
carton(s) or UPS Express Pak(s) included in your test
shipment. You will use the carton(s) or UPS Express
• Testing room cover sheet.
Pak(s) to return answer sheets after the test. • Testing Room Materials Report form (you’ll finish
filling this out on test day).
Also keep the original boxes from your shipment
along with the test book return label(s) included in
• A copy of the room roster you created showing
students assigned to the testing room.
your test shipment. You will use them to return the used
and unused test books after the test. • For accommodated rooms, a copy of the NAR page(s)
showing the name(s) of students testing in that room,
See Count and Distribute Test Materials on page 37 for their SSD numbers, and the accommodations they’re
instructions on proper handling of test books on test day. approved for.
See After the Test Tasks and Information on page 41
for instructions on how to handle test books after the test.
• If applicable, printed copy of verbal (spoken)
test directions for any students approved for this
Secure Materials for Off-Site Testing accommodation.
If your school is testing students at off-site locations, • If applicable, EL supports (translated directions
plan to provide materials securely to off-site testing and/or word-to-word dictionaries) for students who
locations. Materials should only be transported to off- will be using them.
site locations when the off-site test coordinator will be • A supply of No. 2 pencils.
available to accept them and ensure the security of test • Answer sheets for the testing room:
materials from their arrival until their return. To ensure
accurate test materials tracking, test materials security,
• Prelabeled answer sheets and/or answer sheets
used in a preadministration session.
and adherence to test administration policies:
• Record the off-site location name and testing room • Blank answer sheets or large-print answer
sheets, if necessary (plus a few extra if using
code(s).
prelabeled and/or pregridded answer sheets).
• Provide test books in intact bundles—do not open
shrinkwrapping. • IR form.
• Record the quantities and serial numbers of test • Copy of the PSAT 8/9 Coordinator Manual, if
books provided to each off-site location. not already distributed during training (strongly
encouraged) or used for a preadministration session.
Create a Testing Room Cover Sheet • Clear plastic bags for storage of collected electronic
We recommend that you create a testing room cover devices. Also include any other materials needed,
sheet for each testing room. such as sticky notes or envelopes. Note that the
bags can also be used to store medical devices
Include the following information:
(e.g., EpiPens).
• Number of students assigned to a room.
• For accommodated rooms testing with the pre-
• Type of test administered in the room (standard or recorded audio format, individual index cards
accommodated, e.g., time and one-half). or sticky notes with each student’s SSD number
• Name of proctor administering the test in that room. (required to access the test).
• Monitor name(s) (if applicable). • If testing students using ATC format, a printed copy
• School (AI) code and address. of the appropriate standalone ATC script.

• Testing room code. Test books must be kept securely stored until test day. Do
• Test date. not add them to the kits until the morning of the test (unless
required for off-site locations). See Equip Testing Rooms on
page 37 for associated tasks.

34 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare Your Preadministration Session Before Test Day Tasks and Information 1

Assemble Packets for Plan the Session

Off-Site Testing • Use your Schoolwide Student List of who will be
Schools may choose to send test materials from off-site testing (both standard students and students with
locations back to the school for a consolidated return accommodations).
shipment. If test materials are returned directly from • Work with your SSD coordinator to identify which
off-site locations, however, test coordinators should students on the NAR should receive large-print
assemble packets for off-site testing. Include the answer sheets instead of standard ones.
following materials: • Before your scheduled preadministration, distribute
• Coordinator Testing Materials Kit containing the the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide to each student. They
following necessary test day materials: a CRF, should share this information with their parents as
Testing Room Materials Report forms, IR forms, well.
a white Accommodated Testing Envelope, a Gray- • Inform students of the planned sessions. Explain the
Bordered Envelope, and enough copies of the purpose of the preadministration and alert them to
PSAT 8/9 Coordinator Manual for the testing rooms come prepared with No. 2 pencils with soft erasers.
• Answer sheet return Express Pak or carton(s) • Determine how you plan to conduct the
• Empty boxes to return test books preadministration session (for example, in a class, in
• UPS test book return labels an assembly for students taking the test, or in small
groups). Work with your school administration if
• Red test book return labels
additional space is needed to conduct the session.
If you plan to deliver all test materials to the off-site • Determine staffing needs prior to preadministration.
locations before test day, follow the instructions under Depending on the number of students you’re testing,
Secure Materials for Off-Site Testing earlier in this the preadministration session may be conducted by
section to add the test books and additional test day you, or you may need 1 or more proctors to conduct
materials to the packets before delivering to the off-site multiple sessions.
locations. You will use 1 Testing Room Materials Report
• Before the preadministration, meet as a group with
form to record the test books delivered to the off-site test
the staff who will administer the sessions.
coordinator. The off-site test coordinator will complete
the Testing Room Materials Report form(s) for individual • Distribute copies of the manual and instruct staff
proctors on test day. to become familiar with the preadministration
scripting. They should keep their manual for use
on test day.
Prepare Your • Review roles and responsibilities of staff
Preadministration Session conducting the sessions.
• Review the materials students and staff will
Holding a preadministration session in advance of use during the session: answer sheets and pre-
test day allows students to fill out their identifying ID labels. For a complete list of materials to
information on the answer sheets early to reduce extra provide to staff for the session, see Conduct the
test day activities. Preadministration Session on page 51.
You may hold a preadministration session once you • Instruct staff to display the school (AI) code in a
receive your preadministration materials. At no point prominent place in the preadministration room for
should students take their answer sheets outside the students to see.
room. All activities related to answer sheets must take
• Instruct staff to sort the answer sheets
place under school supervision. alphabetically before returning them to you.
You’ll need to organize the answer sheets for test
IMPORTANT: Students will fill out only fields 1–8 on the
day by placing them in the correct testing room
answer sheet, which are required for scoring. They won’t
packets.
fill out the optional questionnaire.
• After the session is complete, collect all answer
If your school can’t conduct a preadministration session sheets from staff. Answer sheets must be securely
or if you have students absent for the preadministration stored until test day.
session, the preadministration scripts are also included
in the test day scripts in Part 2 of this manual. The
scripts for fields 1–8 appear before the actual test, and
the scripts for the other fields appear after the timed test.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 35

Part
1 During the Test Tasks and Information Follow Your Test Day Schedule

Check the Pre-ID Labels • If you receive labels for students no longer enrolled
You’ll receive 1 pre-ID label for each student who was in your school, please shred or destroy the labels in a
pre-IDed in the OEAA Secure Site before the deadline. secure manner.
The label looks like this: • Set aside enough blank answer sheets for students
Last First who don’t have correct labels. If possible, plan to
UIC Name Name MI
hold a separate preadministration session for these
District students.
Code xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx x
Building xxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx School
Code DOB: Name • If you’ve requested, but not yet received, approval
GENDER: X GRD: nn
Barcode
in SSD Online for any students to use a large-print
Test and
Year
xxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxx
Number answer sheet, don’t apply their labels to answer
sheets until the SSD coordinator is notified of a
Verify and Apply Labels student’s accommodations approval.
• As soon as possible after receipt, review the labels to • If a student doesn’t have a label, confirm they’re
ensure they’re correct: pre-IDed and print a label from the OEAA Secure
• Do the students named attend your school? Site. This applies to any homeschooled students
testing at your school.
• Is the grade correct?
• Is the test name correct? • Once the labels have been verified, apply them in the
shaded box on page 1 of the answer sheets. Place
• Do you have labels for all of your students, each label as accurately as possible so it falls exactly
including any homeschooled students you will be within the box.
testing?
• Organize your labeled answer sheets by
alphabetizing them before returning them to their
boxes and securely storing them.

During the Test Tasks and Information

Follow Your Test Students who receive standard time on the entire test,
whether taking the test with other accommodations
Day Schedule or not, receive a 5-minute break after Section 1 and a
5-minute break after Section 3. During breaks, students
• To ensure standardization across all PSAT 8/9 may go to the restroom or to a supervised area for their
testing, adhere to your prearranged schedule as
snacks and/or drinks. They may not go to their lockers or
closely as possible.
access any prohibited electronic devices.
• Finish assembling testing room packets as early as
possible. Students approved in SSD Online for extended time on
some or all of the assessment receive extra breaks. Some
Timing of the Test and Breaks students may be approved in SSD Online for extra and/or
extended breaks. Specific timing instructions will be
The PSAT 8/9 is timed by section in all rooms. Students
noted on the NAR.
must be given the entire amount of time for each section;
while working on one section, they may not turn to another. If local health and safety guidelines limit the number of
Timing charts are supplied for each script in the manual. students that may access the restroom or hallways at
one time, you may double the time of scheduled breaks
Remind staff to follow procedures under Administer the
(including accommodated breaks).
Test on page 56, including timing the test, maintaining
security, preventing copying and communication,
monitoring breaks, and reporting irregularities.
Unscheduled Breaks
When students take an unscheduled break (e.g., to use
Scheduled Breaks the restroom), the clock does not stop. To maintain
security, staff should adhere to the guidelines for
College Board policy requires every student to be given
permitting unscheduled breaks.
breaks at regular intervals. Scheduled break time does
not count as testing time.

36 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Equip Testing Rooms During the Test Tasks and Information 1

Information to Post in Testing Rooms

Equip Testing Rooms Your testing room packets should contain the
Complete these tasks to ensure your proctors have the information under Create a Testing Room Cover Sheet on
materials and information they need to conduct the test page 34. Proctors will use the list you provide to post
successfully. the following information:
• Test date.
Count and Distribute Test Materials • Your school’s address.
The morning of test day:
• 3-digit testing room code.
• Count test books before placing them in the packets • Your 6-digit school (AI) code.
for proctors. You’ll need to count the test books
again when collecting materials from proctors and • The proctor testing students with pre-recorded
preparing them for return. audio format should post common commands for
the equipment students are using. These are listed
If a test book is missing, contact OTI immediately. in Post Information for Students Using Pre-recorded
Audio Format on page 59.
Proctors administering the test with a human reader
or pre-recorded audio, braille, or ATC format will need
a test book with the subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Manage Admission to
the Testing Area
Human Reader, Braille, ATC” for each student to use
with their approved format. For students using these
formats as SAAs, provide the regular-print lime green Depending on the size of your testing population and
test book to use with their approved format. other considerations, you may decide on a centralized
check-in for students, or it may be more efficient to have
• Fill out the Testing Room Materials Report forms. students check in at their testing rooms.
• Distribute testing room packets to proctors.
Proctors must count the materials when they receive You can test students who recently enrolled in your
them from you. school as long as you have enough materials, staff, and
seats. Be sure to print and apply a pre-ID label for these
In addition to the testing room packets you provide to
students. If unable to test them, plan to test them in the
proctors, other items needed in the testing room include:
makeup window on the makeup date. (You’ll order test
• A pencil sharpener. materials for them using the email survey, as detailed in
• A supply of No. 2 pencils. Makeup Ordering on page 47.)
• Extra calculators, if your school is providing them.
Photo identification is not required for students who
• Supplies for collecting or storing personal items are familiar to you. If you’re asked to test homeschooled
(e.g., clear plastic bags and sticky notes). students, you will need to check their identification. Advise
these students to keep their IDs handy during test day.
Provide Materials to Off-Site Locations
Follow these steps to count and distribute the tests to Manage Central Check-In
your off-site test coordinator(s). If you designated a central location where students can
• Only full bundles of test books should be sent to gather before testing begins, follow these procedures:
off-site locations. Shrinkwrapping should be broken
• Check ID for students you don’t recognize.
at the off-site location on test day.
If a student doesn’t have a valid ID, you should
• Count test books for the off-site location. Include any record this on an IR but allow the student to test.
subtitled test books that are needed for testing with a (See Photo ID Requirements on page 112.)
human reader or pre-recorded audio, ATC, or braille
format.
• Annotate your Schoolwide Student List as students
check in.
• Add the test books to the package of tests for the
off-site location. • Write a “P” (present) next to the name of each
student who checks in.
• Fill out a single Testing Room Materials Report form
to record the quantities and serial number ranges of • After check-in is complete, put an “A” (absent)
test books for the off-site test coordinator to check next to the name of any student who is absent.
against. The test coordinator for the off-site location You’ll use this information to help you know
will need to distribute the tests by filling out separate which materials and quantities of materials to
Testing Room Materials Report forms for each request for the makeup administration via the
proctor at their location. makeup survey.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 37

Part
1 During the Test Tasks and Information Manage Admission to the Testing Area

• Add student information for any student not on A few things to note about admitting latecomers:
your original Schoolwide Student List. • If you’re admitting them 1 at a time to rooms where
• Use “M” to indicate students who are moved. testing procedures are already in progress, they may
Also specify which room the student was moved be admitted only if the proctor is still reading the
to, if possible. preliminary instructions for the test, and the student
• If you change a student’s room assignment, give has time to read the instructions on the back cover of
them a signed note with their name and UIC (state the test book.
student ID number) to present to the proctor. • The preliminary instructions include directions
• If adding a student to a room, ensure that the proctor to complete required fields for students who have
has the necessary testing materials. unlabeled or blank answer sheets. Before beginning
the test, the proctor must ensure that students
Manage Classroom Check-In admitted during these preliminary instructions
If you’re having students check in at their testing room, complete these fields.
we recommend that proctors use the individual room • If you have a late-arrivals room, late testing should
rosters to check in students as they arrive. start no more than 45 minutes after testing has begun
in the other testing rooms.
Staff should:
• Admittance to the late-arrivals room shouldn’t
• Write a “P” (present) next to the name of each be allowed after other testing rooms have begun
student who checks in.
their first break. The proctor must close the door
• After check-in is complete, put an “A” (absent) next to the late-arrivals room before the start of the first
to the name of any student who is absent. You’ll use scheduled break in testing that is already in progress.
this information to help you know how many of which
• If testing in the morning, ensure that testing in any
materials to request for the makeup administration.
late-arrivals room begins early enough to end before
• If a student who isn’t on the roster provides a note the school breaks for lunch so testing is not disrupted.
from the test coordinator, the proctor should write
the student’s information (name and UIC) on the IMPORTANT: Do not, under any circumstance, admit
room roster. If a student who isn’t on the roster can’t students to a testing room once the timed portion of the test
provide a note, the proctor should send them to the has begun.
test coordinator.
• Check ID for students who aren’t familiar to them. If a Manage Requests to Change to
student can’t present acceptable ID, staff should record Accommodated Testing on Test Day
this incident on an IR but allow the student to test. If a student presents a College Board eligibility approval
letter and requests to test with accommodations that
Manage Late Arrivals require a new room assignment, follow these steps, as
You can admit latecomers at your discretion if you long as you have appropriate materials and enough staff
can assign them to a room where the proctor hasn’t and space available:
yet begun the timed testing, or if you’ve set aside a
• If a student requests accommodations not noted on
late-arrivals room for testing groups of students who
your NAR, and SSD Online doesn’t show the student
arrive late. Make sure latecomers are escorted to the
as approved for the accommodations, do not supply
appropriate testing room.
the accommodations until you have checked with the
• If students arrive late, follow the procedure for central SSD office.
check-in. • Mark the student as moved by printing an “M” next to
• If students arrive before the timed test has begun, the student’s name in the original assigned room roster.
send them to their assigned room. • Add the student to the accommodated room roster
• If testing has begun and you’ve planned for a by printing their name and eligibility number at the
late-arrivals room, instruct the proctor to add the bottom of the roster. Write a note with the student’s
student’s name to the late-arrivals room roster. If your name and UIC to the proctor authorizing the change,
school is testing students in timed groups and you sign the note, and give it to the student to present on
have space in a later group, instruct the proctor to add entry to the testing room.
the student’s name to the appropriate room roster.
• Deliver test materials for the student to the testing
• Students who arrive after testing has begun in the room. Remember to update the Testing Room
late-arrivals room can’t test. They should be marked Materials Report form if you have to send additional
as absentees on your Schoolwide Student List for test books to the room.
follow-up actions.

38 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
The Test Coordinator’s Role During Testing During the Test Tasks and Information 1

• If a student requests to change to testing that Staff, including assistants for students with approved
requires specific accommodated materials that aren’t accommodations in SSD Online, and authorized visitors
available, you may still have time to request materials are the only individuals allowed in the testing rooms
for testing later in the accommodated window. If so, besides test takers. There are no exceptions. Keep
note the student as absent and immediately call the unauthorized individuals away from test materials and
SSD office to request materials for testing. out of the sight and hearing of the students until testing
• If it’s too late to request materials for testing in the is complete. Limit access to the testing rooms and
accommodated window, call the SSD office to see if adjoining hallways.
materials can be requested for the makeup date.
Handle Escalations
Make sure that students are approved for accommodations As the test coordinator, you’ll be called on to address
before providing them. Providing accommodations to many kinds of situations, most of which can be resolved
students who have not been approved will result in their on the spot.
scores being invalidated. Call the SSD office if you have any
Always contact Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support and consult
questions about providing accommodations to a student.
the Irregularity Chart for more instructions on what to do
if you encounter:
Manage Requests to Waive
• Security breaches of any kind (suspicion of
Accommodations on Test Day tampering, attempts to steal test materials, missing
If a student presents a letter during check-in requesting materials, etc.).
to waive approved accommodations (signed by a parent/
• Unauthorized visitors.
guardian), and sufficient space/materials are available,
follow these steps: • Observed rule violations that warrant dismissal, such
as attempted impersonation, removing test materials
• Change the student’s assigned testing room code on from the testing room, or leaving the building during
the Schoolwide Student List, if necessary.
testing.
• Write a note with the student’s name and UIC to the • Events that interfere with testing procedures or require
proctor authorizing the change, sign the note, and
cancellation of testing or changes in reporting location.
give it to the student to present on entry to the testing
room. The proctor should add the student’s name to • Timing irregularities or other administration issues
the room roster by printing the student’s name and that may require a makeup test.
UIC number at the bottom of the roster.
Handle Dismissals
• Deliver test materials for the student to the testing
Do not allow students who have been referred to you for
room. Remember to update the Testing Room
rule violations to return to the testing room. Explain the
Materials Report form. If adequate materials are not
reasons for their dismissal and refer them to the Terms
available, request makeup materials for the student.
and Conditions provided in the PSAT 8/9 Student Guide.
• Keep the letter on file at your school (it doesn’t need Ensure that a complete description of the infraction(s)
to be returned to College Board). and actions taken by staff is provided on an IR. Escort
the student to their normally scheduled class or to
the location predetermined by your school’s protocol
The Test Coordinator’s for students dismissed from testing for misconduct

Role During Testing (e.g., the principal’s office). Students dismissed because
of rule violations are usually not eligible for makeup
The test coordinator is responsible for ensuring the testing (see the Irregularity Chart on page 117 for
administration runs as smoothly as possible. details). Please indicate on the IR all actions taken.

Verify Authorized Test If you or a staff member suspects a phone or other electronic
Observers and Visitors device has been used to record or transmit test questions
or answers, you should collect the phone. In such cases,
Staff from College Board, ETS, or monitors from the
explain to the student that the phone is needed for further
Michigan Department of Education may visit your school
investigation and will be returned to them when testing at
the day of the test or the week(s) preceding it. Verify
the school is complete. Follow instructions in the Irregularity
visitors have government issued identification and a
Chart under Use or possession of test content/answers.
letter of authorization from College Board, ETS, or the
Michigan Department of Education.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 39

Part
1 During the Test Tasks and Information The Test Coordinator’s Role During Testing

Handle Student Complaints Follow these steps when recording irregularities:

Many student complaints can be prevented by • For all irregularities, fill in the general information in
careful planning, preparation, and implementation of fields 1–5 (page 1) and field 9 (page 3) of the form.
the procedures described in this manual. Common
• In field 2, fill in the date the irregularity occurred.
complaints include:
• In box 4a, write your 6-digit school (AI) code.
• Physical conditions such as overcrowding,
inadequate writing surfaces, poor lighting, and • In box 4b, fill in the number of students tested at
extreme temperatures. your school (use leading zeros, as in “0055”).

• Delayed check-in and testing. • To report a group irregularity (an issue that affects
• Testing staff who are rude, disorganized, distracting, all or a portion of a testing room), fill in fields 6
or inattentive to their duties. (page 2), 9 (page 3), and 10 (page 4) to show the type
of occurrence, describe the events and actions, and
• No visible clocks or announcement of remaining test list information about the students affected. Note
time.
the grade for each affected student. If your school
• Apparent mistiming and distracting noise. is using testing room codes, note the testing room
• Cheating. code in box 6b. Providing a testing room code and
roster of impacted students will ensure scores are
Report every student complaint, even those resolved
not held for your entire school and only the scores for
on-site, on an IR. Advise students that all feedback is
the students impacted by the group irregularity will
welcome. Tell them their scores may be delayed if their
be held until any investigations of the incident have
complaint requires additional investigation.
been completed.
Report Test Administration • To report an individual irregularity (an issue that
affects 1 student, such as illness), fill in fields 7
Irregularities (page 2), 8 if applicable (page 3), and 9 (page 3) to
The IR is scanned, so use a No. 2 pencil and don’t write show the type of occurrence and the events and
any notes or make any other extraneous marks on the actions taken. List the student’s name and grade.
form. Neatly print all information and fill in bubbles
completely. Always include the names of students • In all situations, provide as much detail as possible
involved in an irregularity. (e.g., indicate if the student was dismissed and
during which section). Do not attach answer sheets
Refer to the Irregularity Chart in the Appendix when to the IR, but return them with the other used answer
filling out an IR. Record the following types of incidents: sheets. You’ll also countersign and complete any IRs
• Security incidents provided by testing staff.
• Rule violations
Proctor Role During Testing
• Test question errors or ambiguities
See Part 2 of this manual for a description of the
• Other incidents or disturbances proctor’s role during testing.
• Student complaints
• Staff misadministrations

40 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Collect Testing Materials After the Test Tasks and Information 1

After the Test Tasks and Information

Complete the test administration with the following • Count test materials to ensure you received all the
activities. These activities may take place more than materials you gave to proctors. Count answer sheets
once: after the primary testing window, again for by hand.
students testing in the accommodated testing window,
and finally after any makeup testing. Always keep
• As you count, ensure that each answer sheet
includes a pre-ID label and that required
materials in secure storage until pickup.
information is filled in on the front (Last and First
Names, Student ID Number (UIC), and Date of

Collect Testing Materials Birth) and back (Form Code, Test ID, and Test
Book Serial Number). Students without a pre-
Collect all the materials you provided to proctors in the ID label must have one printed from the OEAA
testing room materials packets. Use your Testing Room Secure Site to affix to the answer sheet. This
Materials Report forms to ensure all serialized test books includes any homeschooled students that may be
have been returned. testing at your school.
The off-site test coordinator must follow these same • Don’t mix 8th- and 9th-grade materials. They
procedures with materials distributed to off-site testing must be counted, stored, and returned separately.
locations.
IMPORTANT: You may correct errors in a student’s grade,

Collect Materials from Proctors school code, student ID, or Form Code, but you must not
change any other information on the answer sheet.
Verify that the materials returned by each proctor match
the materials you initially gave them.
IMPORTANT: If an answer sheet has answers but no
• Copy of this manual, with completed seating chart on name, work with the proctor to identify the student and
the back. have the student complete fields 1–8 before materials
• Testing Room Materials Report form. are returned. (If you’re unable to identify the student,
indicate the issue on an IR, using the Other field.)
• Annotated room roster or NAR (if applicable).
• Test books, both used and unused. • Ask each proctor to double-check their room to see
• Any additional test materials related to if anything has been left behind, either by staff or by
accommodated testing (such as test books with students.
answers, flash drives, etc.). • Make sure each staff member has signed the Testing
• Answer sheets, both used and unused. Staff Agreement.
• Any printed translated testing instructions and • Review and sign IRs. Confirm your school code is
copies of verbal instructions. gridded correctly. If needed, complete additional IR(s).
• Any word-to-word dictionaries. • Release staff members when materials and forms
from their room have been accounted for.
• Any completed IRs. (You must countersign any IRs
submitted by your proctors.)
What Is a Used Answer Sheet?
• ATC standalone script (if applicable). An answer sheet is considered used if it has 1 or more
Also perform these tasks: answers to test questions gridded in for the test, and
the answer sheet includes a label or gridded student
• Use the Testing Room Materials Report form to verify
information.
that the materials returned by each proctor match the
materials you initially issued to them. Answer sheets are also considered used if they have
• Ensure the proctor or support staff have transcribed demographic information or labels but no test responses
answers to a scannable answer sheet for answers (i.e., absentees). These should be stored securely until
recorded in the test book, use of a braille device, or all accommodated window testing and/or any makeup
use of a computer to record answers. testing is complete. Return these in the last outgoing used
answer sheet return shipment, being sure to count them
in the total number of used answer sheets on the CRF.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 41

Part
1 After the Test Tasks and Information Sort Materials

Test Books
Sort Materials • Separate standard test books from alternate test formats.
• Set aside test books for students approved to record
Sort Answer Sheets, Test answers in test books, clipped to the corresponding
Books, and Forms transcribed answer sheets. Ensure the test book says
Once you’ve collected all materials from the proctors, “Answers in Test Book” on the cover.
you’ll need to sort them before filling out the CRF and • Securely store any accommodated materials,
packing materials for return or secure storage. See What including any subtitled test books, for later testing in
to Do with Materials on page 48 for details. the window. Ensure that materials for students with
accommodations who haven’t completed testing stay
IMPORTANT: Test materials for 8th and 9th grades must be
with their associated answer sheets.
sorted, stored, and returned separately.
• Set aside all other test books for return once the
primary testing window has ended (new materials
Answer Sheets
will need to be requested for makeup testing).
Separate the answer sheets into the following groups (see
What Is a Used Answer Sheet? if you need clarification). Forms and Other Materials
To be placed in storage: Sort any materials that will be included inside return
envelopes in the return shipment. These include
1. Completely blank, unused answer sheets. Place
Schoolwide Student Lists (or room rosters), NARs, and
these answer sheets in secure storage for use during
IRs. Keep completed Testing Room Materials Report
other testing windows. Destroy any blank, unused
forms in your records for future reference (don’t return
answer sheets once all testing is complete.
them to College Board).
2. Answer sheets that have student information
(i.e., a pre-ID label and/or student’s gridded For all other materials, refer to What to Do with Materials
information) but no answers marked for the test on page 48 for what you should keep or destroy.
questions. Place these answer sheets in secure

Prepare Documentation
storage for use later in the primary testing window,
during the accommodated window, or for makeup
testing. If not used for testing, return them with other As you prepare your reports and testing materials for
used answer sheets after all accommodated and return to College Board, please follow the instructions in
makeup testing is completed. this section carefully. Following procedures will help you
3. Used answer sheets for accommodated testing avoid pitfalls that could cause scoring delays.
with students listed on the NAR who need to
complete Day 2 of testing. Place these answer Complete the CRF
sheets in secure storage for the next day of testing in Fill out a CRF for the testing materials you’re returning.
the accommodated window. See How to Fill Out the CRF on page 115 for
step-by-step instructions.You’ll fill out separate CRFs
To be returned in the primary testing window answer for 8th- and 9th-grade materials, which must be returned
sheet return shipment: in separate shipments.
1. Used answer sheets for standard testing with no
accommodations. Separate this category into:
• Please complete the report entirely, including
signature, with a No. 2 pencil. Do not use ink.
a. Materials for students from your school You’ll need the following counts:
b. Materials for homeschooled students (if applicable) • Used standard answer sheets for students from
2. Used answer sheets for students listed on the your school.
NAR who completed testing in the primary testing • Used standard answer sheets for homeschooled
window. Make sure that test books for students students (if applicable). This information will be
approved to write their answers in them are clipped used for answer sheet count reconciliation activities.
to and returned with their respective answer sheets. • Total used answer sheets for accommodated
students (including homeschooled students,
The answer sheet of any student listed on the NAR who if applicable).
tested with their approved accommodations must be
returned in the white Accommodated Testing Envelope • Return 1, and only 1, answer sheet for each student
unless the NAR or the IR notes a reason for more
for accurate scoring, even if they tested with the time
than 1 (e.g., misplaced answers). In this case,
and one-half EL support or tested in the standard room
indicate 2 answer sheets for the 1 student when you
(for example, with a 14-point test book).
do the count for the CRF.

42 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare Documentation After the Test Tasks and Information 1

• Indicate in field 3c whether or not you’re returning Common Errors That May
answer sheets for 9th graders. Return 8th- and 9th-
grade answer sheets separately.
Delay Score Reporting
Scores will not be released to your school unless your
• Leave the back of the CRF blank; do not fill in any CRF is completed, signed, and returned with answer
information. sheets. Please make sure students fill out their answer
• Test coordinators at off-site locations need to follow sheets correctly and that the information on the CRF is
these same procedures for completing the CRF if complete and correct.
returning materials directly from the off-site location.
Use care to avoid these common issues:
Complete the CRF under the following circumstances: • The number of used answer sheets returned doesn’t
• Testing during the primary testing window: Fill out match the number of used answer sheets reported on
and return a CRF with answer sheets for all students the CRF.
who completed testing during the primary testing • The test coordinator doesn’t sign the CRF in pencil.
window, including those with accommodations A signature on the CRF certifies that your school
or EL supports. Use the primary test date as your administered the test properly.
administration date in field 3.
• Used answer sheets for students with accommodations
• Accommodated testing window: After all students (including English learners testing with time and
testing in the window have completed testing, fill out one-half) who appear on the NAR are not returned in
a separate CRF and return with answer sheets for the white Accommodated Testing Envelope.
these students. Use the date accommodated testing
started as your administration date in field 3.
• Used answer sheets are otherwise not returned
according to the instructions specified in this manual.
• Makeup testing: At the end of makeup testing, fill out
a CRF and return with answer sheets for all students
• The school hasn’t responded to a query from ETS or
College Board regarding a testing irregularity.
who tested on any of the makeup dates. If your school
administered makeup testing on more than 1 date, use • Materials are not returned in a timely fashion.
the date of the first makeup test as the administration • Answer sheets are missing pre-ID labels.
date in field 3. (Do not return answer sheets for • Answer sheets have mismatched pre-ID labels and
students who tested during the primary testing window gridded information.
or during the accommodated window in this shipment.)
Indicate in field 3b that this is a makeup test. • Students bubble incorrect codes (Form Code, Test ID,
and/or Test Book Serial Number).
IMPORTANT: Remember to include in your last answer sheet • The school didn’t use the provided label(s) and/or
shipment any answer sheets with student information but didn’t record tracking number(s).
no answers recorded. Include these in the count recorded
on the CRF.

Ensure Completeness of Room Rosters

Test taker lists give College Board important information,
particularly when discrepancies occur.

• Once you’ve collected all materials from proctors,

carefully check each room roster against your
Schoolwide Student List, noting on it the room
assignment and testing room code of each student.
Make and store copies of the student list and room
rosters in your records for reference if needed. You’ll
return the original Schoolwide Student List (or room
rosters if a Schoolwide Student List wasn’t produced)
with the answer sheet return shipment.
• Complete the NAR for return in the white
Accommodated Testing Envelope, indicating the
accommodations each student received.
Make copies of any forms and other materials as indicated
in Store Materials for Your Records on page 48.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 43

Part
1 After the Test Tasks and Information Pack Materials for Return

• Place the used standard answer sheets on the bottom.

Pack Materials for Return • Place the white Accommodated Testing Envelope
Use the instructions and diagrams in this section to (if any) on top of the answer sheets, containing the
prepare your materials for shipping. following items (don’t return the envelope if you have
none of these items):
Pack Used Answer Sheets, Forms, • Test books for students listed on the NAR as
and Envelopes for Return approved to write answers in their books, clipped
to corresponding transcribed answer sheets.
IMPORTANT: Using the prelabeled Express Pak or carton(s)
• Braille pages or scratch paper (approved use
provided with your PSAT 8/9 test materials is the only way
only), all clipped to the corresponding answer
to ensure your answer sheets will be correctly returned and
sheets.
processed.
• Used answer sheets (standard and large print) for
In your test materials shipment, you received an Express students testing with accommodations listed on
Pak or 1 or more shipment cartons you must use to return the NAR.
your answer sheets and associated forms and envelopes. • A signed copy of the NAR (required for scoring).
Each Express Pak or carton will have a return label and Print out, sign, and annotate a copy of either the
another label affixed to the outside. Each used answer PDF or CSV version of the NAR.
sheet shipment includes the items listed in this section.
• Next, place the Gray-Bordered Envelope (if needed)
IMPORTANT: Answer sheets for 8th graders and answer sheets containing the following items (don’t return the
for 9th graders must be returned in separate shipments. envelope if you have none of these items):
• Defective flash drives, if any, in their original
Place items in the prelabeled Express Pak or carton(s) from packaging.
bottom to top in the order detailed in this section. Don’t
• Defective test books, if any, clipped to the
use rubber bands or other fastenings that might damage
corresponding IR.
the answer sheets. If you’re returning more than 1 carton
of materials, Carton 1 should include all of the forms and • IRs, if any.
envelopes, along with any answer sheets that fit. • Next, include a copy of your final Schoolwide
Student List (or room rosters) with any notations.
IMPORTANT: See Returning Used Answer Sheets and Forms
for a visual guide to packing materials and envelopes.
• Place the completed and signed CRF on top of
Package 1 and close the carton or Express Pak.
Once all answer sheets and forms are packed as
described in this section, seal the Express Pak or
carton(s) and fill in the information requested on the
label(s) or international waybill(s). See the diagrams
for additional instructions. Make sure to complete all
necessary information on the preapplied colored labels,
including school name, school code, school address, and
total number of answer sheet return packages included
in the shipment (e.g., Package 1 of 1). (Don’t count your
test book return packages in the total number of answer
sheet return packages.)

44 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Pack Materials for Return After the Test Tasks and Information 1

Returning Used Answer Sheets and Forms

Pack your test materials in the order shown:

5 Coordinator Report Form

(CRF)

4 Annotated Schoolwide Student

List (or Room Rosters)
Include a copy of your Schoolwide
Student List or a copy of each room
roster with any notations

3 Gray-Bordered Envelope

Refer to the instructions

earlier in this section
for how to pack the
2 White Accommodated Gray-Bordered and
Testing Envelope white Accommodated
Testing Envelopes.

1 Answer sheets
(for students not listed on the NAR)

Prelabeled Shipping Carton

(or UPS Express Pak)

Copy the tracking number

for your records and to
schedule your UPS pickup.

Don’t forget to:

• Put forms and envelopes
in the first carton of answer
sheets with the CRF on top.
Print your school name,
school (AI) code, and • Place answer sheets flat
full address. without wrapping, rubber
bands, tape, or staples.
Print this package number
and total number of answer • Make sure package labels
sheet return packages are legible and complete.
(e.g., Package 1 of 2).
• Return 8th grade and
Note: Supplied labels may be 9th grade answer sheets
UPS Return Label Colored Label different from samples shown. in separate shipments.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 45

Part
1 After the Test Tasks and Information Pack Materials for Return

Returning Test Books

1 Pack
Use box(es) from original test materials shipment and
include only the items listed for each shipment. Return
8th and 9th grade test books in separate shipments.

Primary
(Once all students eligible to test in the window have
completed testing)
1. Used primary test books. Pack 8th and 9th grade
test books separately.
a. 8th grade primary test books have an apple.
b. 9th grade primary test books have a crescent.

Accommodated window
(Once all students eligible to test in the window have
completed testing)
1. Used and unused alternate test formats, if any
(place flash drives in original packaging)
2. Used test books for students who completed
testing in the accommodated window

Makeup
1. Used and unused makeup test books (cover has a
flower for both 8th and 9th grades). Pack 8th and
9th grade test books separately.

2 Seal 3 Label
Use supplied tape and remove, cover, or cross out the • Use the supplied UPS return
original shipping labels. labels from your test book

LE
• For small boxes, the tape should extend 3 inches. materials shipment.

P
• For large boxes, place tape around the perimeter • Remove any old labels from the

M
SA
of the box. box, then place one UPS and one
red Pearson label on each box.
Don’t put more than one UPS
return label on each box. Make sure
each label can be clearly read.
• Copy the UPS tracking number
(starting with “1Z” in the center
of the label) for your records and
to schedule your UPS pickup.
Note: Supplied labels may be
different from samples shown.

4 Ship Important Notes

Test coordinators will schedule their own pickups
• Don’t put answer sheets inside test books.
with UPS to return materials shipments no later than:
• Return 8th and 9th grade test books in separate
1. Day after primary testing has completed (no later
shipments. For each shipment, clearly mark all packed
than end of the window)
test book boxes as a set (e.g., “Box 1 of 2”).
2. Day after accommodated testing has completed
• If your return labels are missing, contact Michigan
(no later than end of the window)
PSAT 8/9 Support.
3. Day after all makeup testing is complete

46 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Return Materials After the Test Tasks and Information 1

Pack Test Books for Return • If UPS doesn’t make a daily stop at your school,
You’ll receive a packet of loose test book return labels schedule a pickup at ups.com, or call 800-PICK-
and red labels in your test materials shipment. Reuse UPS (742-5877).
the boxes that your original test materials arrived in and – Make sure to use the tracking number
apply 1 of each label (the UPS label and the red label) to printed on the preapplied answer sheet
each box you are returning. Test books for 8th and 9th return labels when scheduling pickups.
grade must be returned in separate shipments using the – You can also take packages to any UPS
appropriate labels. Cover or remove any existing labels on counter, but don’t place materials in a UPS
the exterior of the shipping boxes. If you’re missing the drop box. You must hand them directly to a
preaddressed labels, contact Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support. UPS driver or UPS counter employee so you
Place items in the box from bottom to top in this order: have a chain of custody for the shipment.

• Used and unused standard test books (and, for the • Write down your UPS package tracking
accommodated shipment, subtitled test books). number(s) in the space provided on the seating
Confirm no answer sheets have been left inside test chart located on the back of this manual and
books. check the shipment status the following day.

• For the accommodated shipment, used and unused • If UPS isn’t available in your area, contact
alternate test formats, such as flash drives, braille Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support for further guidance.
materials, reader’s scripts, etc. Place flash drives in • Do not use first-class mail or any other
their original packaging before packing them in the nontraceable method.
return box. • Follow the same procedure for each off-site
See the diagram Returning Test Books for a visual guide. testing location.

IMPORTANT: All test books for the primary test day (with Additional Shipping Information
an apple on the cover for 8th grade and a crescent on the Return Timetable
cover for 9th grade) must be returned. You’ll receive new For testing completed during the primary testing
test books for the makeup date. window, return materials no later than the day after the
primary testing window ends.

Return Materials For testing in the accommodated testing window, return

materials the day after all testing is complete, but no later
IMPORTANT: You must return all used and unused test than the end of the accommodated window.
books and accommodated test formats. Please refer to Pack For makeup testing, return materials no later than the
Test Books for Return above. day after the makeup test administration.

Schedule Pickups and Ship Materials Make sure to record the tracking numbers for all of your
shipments and keep them on file for 3 years.
Test coordinators will schedule their own return material
shipments at the end of the primary testing window, the Answer sheets returned later than April 28 will not be
end of the accommodated testing window, and the end scored.
of the makeup window. You’ll receive an email closer to
test day with more detailed information about materials Makeup Ordering
return procedures. You’ll receive an email prior to test day with instructions
on how to order makeup materials if needed for students
• If you administered multiple assessments (for who were absent during the primary testing window or
example, PSAT 8/9 and PSAT 10), return the
experienced an irregularity. Place the makeup order as soon
materials for each assessment separately as
as possible and no later than the deadline. No materials will
instructed. Return 8th-grade materials separately
be shipped to support the makeup administration if you
from 9th-grade materials.
don’t complete the survey in the email.
• Arrange for packages to be picked up no later than
the next school day after the test administration. IMPORTANT: Only test books with a flower on the cover
Keep materials secure until pickup. may be used for 8th- and 9th-grade makeup testing.
Students who use any other test book for makeup testing
• If UPS makes daily stops at your school, you may have their scores invalidated.
can provide any packages to them during their
pickup.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 47

Part
1 After the Test Tasks and Information Store Materials for Your Records

Store Materials for Your Records

What to Do with Materials
Use this table to help you organize your materials and handle them correctly. Store any
necessary materials for your records for 3 years.

HOW TO HANDLE TEST MATERIALS WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETE

Keep Copies for

Test Materials Return Your Records Destroy
Used answer sheets containing Yes—in package provided for No No
student responses to test questions answer sheet return shipment
Used answer sheets (standard and Yes—in white Accommodated No No
large print) containing student Testing Envelope in answer sheet
responses to test questions for return shipment (primary testing
students listed on the NAR window or accommodated window)
Answer sheets with demographic Yes—store until all testing No No
information and/or label but no test is complete and then return
question responses (absentee) with used answer sheets
Completely blank unused answer No No Yes—after all testing
sheets (no pre-ID label or gridded is complete
demographic information)
Leftover pre-ID labels No No Yes—shred any
unused labels
Test books for students approved Yes—clipped to transcribed answer No No
to write answers in their books sheets, in white Accommodated
Testing Envelope in answer
sheet return shipment
All test books, used and unused Yes No No
Defective test books Yes—clipped to corresponding No No
IR in Gray-Bordered Envelope in
answer sheet return shipment
Braille pages used in Yes—clipped to corresponding No No
accommodated testing answer sheet, in white
Accommodated Testing Envelope
in answer sheet return shipment
Student scratch paper used Yes—with student’s name No No
in accommodated testing written on each page, in white
Accommodated Testing Envelope
in answer sheet return shipment
NAR Yes—in white Accommodated Yes No
Testing Envelope in answer
sheet return shipment
IR(s) (if used) Yes—in Gray-Bordered Envelope Yes No
in answer sheet return shipment
CRF Yes—in each answer sheet Yes No
return shipment
Testing Staff Agreement form No Yes No
Testing Room Materials Report No Yes No
forms and seating charts

48 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Receive Scores After the Test Tasks and Information 1

Keep Copies for

Test Materials Return Your Records Destroy
Annotated Schoolwide Student List Yes—in answer sheet Yes No
return shipment
Room rosters Yes—in answer sheet return Yes No
shipment if all information
was not transferred to your
Schoolwide Student List
List of testing rooms with No Yes No
testing room codes and the
staff assigned to them
Tracking number(s) of No Yes No
return shipment(s)
Printed copies of spoken test No No Yes—after all testing
directions for approved students is complete
Translated directions No No Yes—after all testing
for EL students is complete
Word-to-word dictionaries No No No—keep for future use
for EL students
ATC standalone scripts No No Yes—after all testing
is complete
PSAT 8/9 Coordinator Manual No No Yes—after students
receive their scores
Leftover return materials No—store securely if needed for No Yes—after all testing
(envelopes, cartons, labels) accommodated or makeup testing is complete
Leftover copies of the No No Yes
PSAT 8/9 Student Guide

Receive Scores Appropriate Uses of

PSAT 8/9 scores are shared with the school, district, and Scores and Reports
state. (Homeschooled students’ scores won’t be shared Go to research.collegeboard.org/about and select
with the school that administers the test.) Guidelines on the Uses of College Board Test Scores
& Related Data for a publication that highlights proper
Online Scores and beneficial uses of test scores and cautions against
Scores will be available to educators once answer uses that are inappropriate.
document verification activities are complete.
For all tests in the SAT Suite of Assessments, schools
receive question-by-question summaries that provide
data about students’ answers compared with the rest of
the nation.
Schools and students will see whether students
answered each question correctly. Actual questions,
answers, and answer explanations won’t be provided.
Students will receive their percentile ranks and helpful
interpretative information about their scores. The
information helps students and teachers identify the
knowledge and skills students need to focus on to
increase achievement.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 49

Part
2 Introduction for Proctors Prepare Yourself

PART 2:
For Proctors and Monitors
Introduction for Proctors
This is your guide for administering the PSAT 8/9 and Proctors must do the following:
creating the best possible environment for your students • Before test day:
on test day. Although you may have already participated
in online training and/or other training organized by your
• Know where and when to report for testing.
test coordinator, please read this section of the manual • Be thoroughly familiar with test procedures.
carefully. It’s especially important to read through the – Participate in training if you haven’t already.
scripts and instructions ahead of time so you can ask
your test coordinator any questions before test day.
– Read Part 2 and the Appendix of this manual.
• Prepare seating plans for your assigned room.
This part of the manual includes the required scripts
for preadministration, standard test administration, • On test day:
and accommodated test administration. If you will • Assume responsibility for test materials in your
be administering the test to students who have been assigned room, including distributing, accounting
approved for accommodations in SSD Online, you may for, collecting, and counting test books and
also receive other materials, depending on the nature of answer sheets before dismissing students.
the accommodation. • Prepare your testing room.
• Administer the test according to the manual’s
directions.
• Complete the seating chart.
• Return test materials to the test coordinator after
students are dismissed.

Before Test Day

Prepare Yourself • If you’re testing students with accommodations,
before test day:
• Take time to study the scripts and timing before • Review Using Accommodated Scripts on
test day. Uniform testing conditions depend on you page 53 to determine the correct script(s) to
reading the scripts aloud to students exactly as use.
written in the manual.
• Test any equipment needed.
• Review and sign the Testing Staff Agreement and
the OEAA Assessment Security Compliance Form • Be prepared to assist students approved for
alternate test formats such as braille.
provided by your test coordinator.
• Prepare to conduct a preadministration session • If testing students with pre-recorded audio or
ATC formats, you may be asked to work with the
at your test coordinator’s direction. The
SSD coordinator to set up students’ computers
preadministration scripts appear in both Conduct the
before test day.
Preadministration Session on page 51 and Test
Day Scripts on page 62 (in case you have students
who need to complete these fields on test day).

50 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Conduct the Preadministration Session Before Test Day 2

• Students should skip fields A–D on the answer

Conduct the sheet until test day.

Preadministration Session Preadministration Script

Fill in the school code in the script before beginning.
Prepare for the
Preadministration Session When everyone is ready, say:
• Your test coordinator will provide these materials for
your session:
We will now fill out important information on the
PSAT 8/9 answer sheet. As we proceed, look up when
• Prelabeled answer sheets you finish each part of the answer sheet.
• Prelabeled large-print (large-block) answer sheets
(if applicable)
To students using large-print answer sheets, say:
• Extra blank answer sheets
• A list of students with the type of answer sheet If you’re using a large-print answer sheet, please read
needed (standard or large print) the directions on page 1 of your answer sheet about
how to mark your answers. Your page numbers will
• Post the following in a location visible to all students:
be different from the ones I announce, but the field
• Your school’s 6-digit school (AI) code numbers will be the same as the field numbers I give for
• Address of your school everyone. You’ll mark the squares with an X instead of
• Give each student their prelabeled answer sheet. filling in bubbles. Raise your hand if you need assistance
• Each answer sheet must have a pre-ID (barcode) at any time. [pause]
label affixed for the student to receive test scores.
If there isn’t a pre-ID label affixed to the student To all students, say:
answer sheet, inform your test coordinator to print
a valid pre-ID label from the OEAA Secure Site and Please check to make sure your full name, school, and
affix to the answer sheet. grade appear correctly on the label on your answer
• Some students may be using large-print answer sheet. Raise your hand if there are any errors on your
sheets. This accommodation will be noted on the list label. [pause]
of students received from the test coordinator.
If any students in the room have the wrong answer sheet,
• Read aloud from the shaded scripts that follow
try to resolve the discrepancy. If you can’t, give them
to guide students through filling in the personal
blank answer sheets for the session. Make a note on
information in fields 1–8. Read slowly enough to give
your room roster so the test coordinator knows to print a
students time to fill in their information. Pause where
pre-ID label for test day.
you see [pause] in the script to allow students time
to follow instructions. Instructions for proctors that If any information on the student’s label is incorrect,
shouldn’t be read aloud appear outside the shaded make a note on your room roster. Your test coordinator
scripts. will need to notify the appropriate person to update the
• Note the following: student’s profile in the Michigan Student Data System.
The student can still use the answer sheet.
• Students must fill in the appropriate bubbles (or
squares on a large-print answer sheet) for the
Next, say:
fields.
• All students are required to bubble their first You will need to use a Number 2 pencil with a soft
and last names (field 1), state student ID number eraser. Raise your hand if you don’t have one. [pause]
(field 5), and date of birth (field 8). For students
who have a pre-ID label affixed, you may decide Provide No. 2 pencils to students who don’t have them.
to adjust the preadministration and test day
scripts to direct students to skip fields 2, 3, 4, To all students, say:
6, and 7. For students who don’t have a pre-ID
label affixed to their answer sheets, you’ll need I’ll read the directions for fields 1 through 8. You will
to read the scripts as written to fill in fields 1–8. complete these fields only, not fields 9 through 20. If I
Homeschooled students should fill in field 2 don’t give directions for a field, leave it blank.
whether or not they have a label.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 51

Part
2 Before Test Day Prepare to Administer Accommodations

For field 1, say: For field 6, say:

Begin by filling in your legal last name, first name, and In field 6, fill in the bubble for your current grade.
middle initial if you have one, as they appear on your
label, in field 1. Include spaces, hyphens, or apostrophes For field 7, say:
if these are part of your name. Print the letters in all
caps in the boxes, then fill in the corresponding bubbles. Complete field 7.
Make sure each mark is dark and completely fills the
bubble. [pause] For field 8, say:
Your first name must be your legal first name. If you For your date of birth, fill in the month, day, and last
use a preferred first name and you have a College 2 digits of the year you were born. Start with a zero if
Board online account, you can enter it there. College filling in a 1-digit number. Fill in the corresponding
Board uses your legal name on test day to confirm your bubbles and look up when you’re done. [pause]
identity, but they’ll use your preferred first name in all
other communications with you.
Completing the
Look up when you’re done. [pause] Preadministration Session
When everyone is ready, say:
For field 2, say:
Leave all remaining fields blank. We are now finished
In field 2, if you attend this school, print our 6-digit with completing your personal information. Please sit
school code _______ and fill in the corresponding quietly while I collect the answer sheets.
bubbles. Look up when you’re done. [pause]
• Collect all answer sheets from students, making sure
If any students are homeschooled, tell them to leave that each student has completed their name (field 1),
field 2 blank. UIC (field 5), and date of birth (field 8). Page 2 of the
answer sheet will not be completed. Notify the test
For field 3, say: coordinator of any student without a pre-ID label.
In field 3, if you attend this school, fill in the bubble for • The session is now over. You may dismiss your
“Yes.” If you’re homeschooled, fill in the appropriate students or carry on with your regular school day.
bubble. Raise your hand if you have any questions. • Organize the answer sheets as directed by your test
[pause] coordinator and return them to your test coordinator
for secure storage until test day.

For field 4, say: • Notify the test coordinator of any students whose
information was incorrect on their labels. The test
In field 4, if you attend this school, print our school’s coordinator will need to notify the appropriate
name, city, and state. Look up when you’re done. [pause] person to update the student’s record in the Michigan
Student Data System.
If any students are homeschooled, tell them to leave
field 4 blank.
Prepare to Administer
Accommodations
For field 5, say:

In field 5, print and bubble the 10-digit state student ID If you’re testing students with accommodations, read
number, your UIC, from the top left corner of the label this section thoroughly before test day. It will help you
on the front of your answer sheet, starting with the first prepare for the accommodations your students have been
column to the left. If you don’t know your UIC, raise approved for in SSD online, including determining which
your hand. Look up when you’re done. [pause] script(s) to use for the students assigned to your room.
Students testing with time and one-half as an EL support
If a student doesn’t have a pre-ID label, tell the student
may test in the same room as other students taking the
to leave field 5 blank. Tell the test coordinator after the
test with time and one-half on the entire test as long as
session that the student is missing a pre-ID label.
no other accommodations are being administered that
would require different timings or breaks.

52 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare to Administer Accommodations Before Test Day 2

• Before test day, your test coordinator or SSD Script 4: Double Time
coordinator will let you know which accommodations Use Script 4 for students approved for double time for
each student in your room has been approved for. reading. These students receive double time on the
• Some students may be approved in SSD Online for entire test. They test over 2 days.
a special format (pre-recorded audio, ATC, human
reader, or braille). Script 5: Pre-recorded Audio Format
Use Script 5 for students testing with the pre-recorded
• Students using these formats as College Board– audio (MP3) format. These students test over 2 days.
approved accommodations will also have a test
book with the subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Combined Scripts for Math-Only
Human Reader, Braille, ATC” to use along with Extended Time
their approved format. These students must • Begin with Script 1 for students approved for
receive this subtitled test book, not another extended time on math only with no extra breaks.
regular-print test book. Begin with Script 2 for those who have math-only
• Students using these formats as SAAs will use extended time with extra breaks.
the regular-print lime green book along with their • For students approved for time and one-half for math,
approved format. switch to Script 3 before Sections 3 and 4.
• Any students testing with accommodations that • For students approved for double time for math,
don’t require specific materials will use the same test switch to Script 4 before Sections 3 and 4.
books as students in the standard room. On test day,
your packet will include the NAR, which lists the Scripts for ATC Format
accommodations your students have been approved The ATC format requires 2 specific changes to the scripts:
to receive. 1. Students need to be guided to enter their password
• Review Using Accommodated Scripts below to every time they reopen the test after a break.
determine which script(s) to use for the students 2. All students must receive double time on Section 2,
assigned to your room. Also see the timing chart the Writing and Language Test, unless they’re
Overview of Timing and Breaks on page 104. approved for more than double time.

IMPORTANT: It’s very important that you provide only the To support these specific differences, College Board
accommodations a student is approved for. A student who has created specialized ATC scripts for different timing
tests with accommodations not approved in SSD Online accommodations. Your test coordinator will provide
may have their scores invalidated. the ATC format script you need for the students in your
room. Take time to review the Introduction in your
Using Accommodated Scripts standalone script. It will explain how to integrate the
script with the instructions in this manual. For more
Select the appropriate accommodated test script based
information, see Download Scripts for ATC Users on
on the type of accommodation approved in SSD Online.
page 26.
Script 1: Standard Time
Use Script 1 for students who receive standard time on
some or all of the test. This includes students approved
for accommodations such as breaks as needed or use of
braille materials.

Script 2: Standard Time with Extra Breaks

Use Script 2 for students who receive standard time on
some or all sections of the test and are approved for extra
breaks. (Use Script 1 for students testing with standard
time and approved for extended breaks or breaks as
needed.)

Script 3: Time and One-Half

Use Script 3 for students approved for time and one-half
for reading and for EL students using time and one-half
support. These students receive time and one-half on
the entire test.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 53

Part
2 During the Test Prepare to Test

During the Test

On test day, proctors must: • Information to post and/or provide for students to
• Assume responsibility for test materials in your enter on their answer sheets.
assigned room, including distributing, accounting • Test books and any additional testing materials and
for, collecting, and counting test books and answer alternate test formats that your students require.
sheets before dismissing students.
IMPORTANT: Make sure your test books have the correct
• Prepare your testing room.
symbol for the students in your room: For primary
• Administer the test according to the manual’s directions. testing, 8th graders must use books with an apple
• Complete the seating chart. on the cover, and 9th graders must use books with a
• Return test materials to the test coordinator after crescent on the cover. For makeup testing, both 8th and
students are dismissed. 9th graders must use books with a flower on the cover.

If your students are approved by College Board for a

Prepare to Test human reader or pre-recorded audio, ATC, or braille
format, make sure the test books have a subtitle that
As a proctor, you have various tasks to complete as you says “For Pre-Recorded Audio, Human Reader, Braille,
prepare to test students. These apply to standard and ATC” on the cover. Students testing with these formats
accommodated rooms. as SAAs will use regular-print lime green test books
along with their approved format.
Prepare the Testing Room
Make sure you do the following: • Answer sheets for your students with their pre-ID
• Double-check that your testing room meets seating labels and pregridded information, if your school
requirements given in Part 1 of this manual, held a preadministration session.
including guidelines for type and spacing of seats. • A blank IR form.
• Cover or remove any instructional material, such as • A supply of No. 2 pencils.
maps and charts. • Blank answer sheets for students who need to
• Confirm the clock works and is visible from all seats complete some or all of the preadministration
in the room. information on their answer sheets.
• Post the following information for students on the board • If applicable, printed copy of verbal test directions for
(refer to the packet provided by your test coordinator): any students approved for this accommodation.
• Today’s date • Translated test directions and/or word-to-word
dictionaries for EL students, if needed.
• Your school’s 6-digit school (AI) code
• If testing students using ATC format, a printed copy
• Your school’s address or city and state
of the appropriate standalone ATC script.
• Testing room code (3 digits including any leading
zeros) if your school is using testing room codes Count all of your testing materials when you receive
to assist with resolving irregularities them from your test coordinator, when you distribute
them to students, and when testing is complete before
IMPORTANT: If your school doesn’t use testing room dismissing students from the testing room.
codes, list the room name or number for students to
write on the back cover of the test book.
• Before admitting students to the room, count the test
books for your room and compare the serial numbers
to those listed on the Testing Room Materials Report
Account for Test Materials form in your testing room packet.
Your test coordinator will provide a packet of testing
• Later, after testing has begun, you’ll show the
materials containing:
distribution of test books in your room by recording
• A room roster showing students assigned to your room. the serial numbers on the seating chart on the back
• A Testing Room Materials Report form listing the test cover of this manual.
materials for your room. • After testing, when you prepare to return materials to
• For accommodated rooms, a copy of the NAR page(s) the test coordinator, you’ll record the serial numbers
showing the name(s) of students testing in that room, of the test books you’re returning on the form, along
their SSD numbers, and the accommodations they’re with the number of answer sheets being returned.
approved for.

54 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Prepare to Test During the Test 2

Missing Test Materials Option 1 – Collect devices and put them in individual bags:
If you discover a test book is missing, follow these • At the door, ask students to confirm that their phone
procedures: and other electronic devices are powered off.
• If books have already been distributed, check the • Ask students to label devices with their names. Give
desk of the student who was assigned the test book them envelopes, plastic bags, sticky notes, or another
as well as the surrounding desks. method of reliably identifying their items.
• If testing has already begun, notify the test • Reassure students their devices will be returned after
coordinator as soon as possible, but wait until a testing.
scheduled break or the end of the testing session • Collect labeled items from students as they enter or
to search the room. Before dismissing students once they’re seated. Keep them out of students’ reach
or starting a break, announce that a test book is during the entire test, preferably at your desk.
missing and no one will be dismissed until it’s
located. If no one acknowledges having the test book, Option 2 – Keep devices in students’ bags and collect bags:
check all desks in the room. If the test book is still • At the door, ask students to confirm that their phone
missing, report this on an IR. and other electronic devices are powered off.

IMPORTANT: If the test book is still missing or is discovered • Ask students to place their devices in their
backpacks or bags and place these bags to the front
missing after the students have been dismissed,
or side of the room, away from desks.
ask the test coordinator to call OTI immediately.
Report the incident on an IR. • If a student doesn’t have a bag, provide a clear
plastic bag (or label the device and collect it if school
Admit Students to the Testing Room policy permits).
Admit students 1 at a time, taking care to assign their • Tell students to remove their No. 2 pencils,
seats at random or by prearrangement. Verify that calculator(s), drinks, snacks, and ID (if applicable)
students have powered off their mobile phones as they from their bag and take them to their seat. If a
are admitted to the room. If your school is conducting student is approved to use an aid, they should
classroom check-in, check each student against the room include it with the items they take to their seat.
roster as they enter the room: Returning devices:
• Write a “P” (present) next to the name of each • Mobile phones and other collected devices should
student who checks in. remain out of reach until testing is complete and all
• If a student is unfamiliar to you, ask them for test materials have been collected.
identification. If the student can’t present acceptable • At the end of the test, students will collect their
ID, record this incident on an IR but allow the devices as their row is dismissed. If possible, arrange
student to test. the items to make the return process easy.
• After you have closed the testing room door, put an • Before returning a device, check the name on the
“A” next to the name of any student who is absent. label and advise students to check the name on the
• Write in student information for students not on the device to make sure it’s theirs.
room roster (name and UIC). These students should • If an item is left behind, return it with other materials
have a signed note with their name and UIC from the to the test coordinator. Record the student’s name so
test coordinator. the student can be contacted.

Collect Students’ IMPORTANT: If your school has different testing groups

Personal Belongings starting at different times, mobile phones may be returned
If permitted under school policy, students must turn in to students completing testing only after the last group of
all phones, wearable technology (e.g., smartwatches students has begun testing.
or fitness trackers), and other electronic devices before
beginning to test. They’re advised not to bring their
phones to the testing room, but many students will have
phones anyway.
Your test coordinator will tell you which of the following
is the case at your school (depending on school policy).

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 55

Part
2 During the Test Administer the Test

Use of Medical Devices Send students who arrive after the timed section begins
Epinephrine auto-injectors (e.g., EpiPens) are permitted to the test coordinator for assignment to another room
in the testing room without the need for accommodations. where proper supervision, complete instructions, and
They must be placed in a clear bag and stored under the correct time allotments can be provided.
student’s desk during testing. If needed during testing,
Never allow a student to test who has had an opportunity
monitor the student while they use the device. Secure test
to communicate with students who have completed some
materials and, if possible, have a monitor supervise the
or all of the test on the same day.
testing room while the student uses the device. Follow
your school or state’s policies regarding EpiPens.
In some cases, a student may be approved in SSD Online
to have a mobile phone in the testing room for use with
Administer the Test
a glucose monitor. Only students specifically approved • Administer each section of the test in sequence.
to have a mobile phone in the testing room may do so. • Read scripts exactly as written.
Approval to test blood sugar doesn’t permit the student • Complete the count of materials.
to have a mobile phone; they must also be approved for • Maintain security in the testing room.
use of a mobile phone.
• Report any test administration irregularities.
In these circumstances, the phone must remain on the
proctor’s desk and can only be viewed under direct Time the Test
supervision. The proctor should confirm with the student Time the test as follows:
prior to testing what actions are needed in the event • Accurately time each test section. Students must be
there is a notification. given the entire amount of time and can’t move on to
• If the student is using an iPhone, it must be in the next section until time is called.
guided access mode. • Record the start and stop times on the lines provided
in the script as students begin working on each
• If the student is using an Android phone, it must
section; post the times for students to see.
be in airplane mode. (If needed to check their blood
sugar, the phone may be taken off airplane mode • Announce the remaining time at regular intervals, as
when the student is accessing the share app, under noted in the script. This is particularly important if
direct supervision of the proctor, and reengaged the room clock malfunctions.
following use.) • Before you call stop, check your watch against the
time you have written down.
• The camera feature must be disabled for all
phones. Bluetooth may only be enabled to connect • Verify the time with the monitor, if one is assisting in
the phone’s share app to a continuous glucose the room.
monitor (CGM). • Refer to the appropriate Section Timing Chart in the
Appendix to ensure that the stop time is correctly
No other device may be connected to the phone. Under no calculated.
circumstances may a student keep their phone at their desk.
• All students must receive the entire time on each
IMPORTANT: Students will be dismissed from testing if section of the test, even if they finish before time is
they’re seen with a phone or if their mobile phone makes called. Do not end a section early.
noise or creates a disturbance during the test (including • Immediately inform the test coordinator of any timing
breaks) while in their possession. Phones on or under the irregularities. Record irregularities and actions taken
desk are considered in their possession. on an IR.

Seat Students Complete the Count of Materials

Never allow students to select their own seat. Assign
• On the Testing Room Materials Report form provided
to you by the test coordinator, account for all test
seats at random or by prearrangement with the test
materials (used and unused for testing). The test
coordinator.
coordinator may give you a loose form or may have
Process Late Arrivals filled in the form on the inside back cover of this
manual. If a book appears to be missing, follow
Admit and seat students who arrive late only if you
procedures in Missing Test Materials on page 55.
haven’t started the timed test (i.e., Section 1). Continue
reading the script to all students. Work with late arrivals • Use the chart on the back cover of this manual
after the test to complete their identifying information on to record the serial numbers of the test books
the test materials. distributed to students and the order you used to
hand out the test books.

56 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Administer the Test During the Test 2

Maintain Security in the Testing Room Monitor Breaks

• Remain vigilant at all times during testing, including You and other testing staff will need to monitor students
breaks. Staff must not engage in activities that aren’t during scheduled and unscheduled breaks to make
related to testing, such as talking, reading, using a sure they don’t discuss the test or possess calculators,
phone, using a computer, or grading papers. phones, or prohibited aids.
• Make sure at least 1 staff member is in the testing Before the test, have students place their bags and
room at all times. backpacks at the side of the room, away from the testing
• Make sure students don’t access calculators, phones, area. Do not allow students to access their bags or
or prohibited aids during breaks. backpacks or go to their lockers until the test is over.

IMPORTANT: Some mobile phones can be disguised as For the breaks:

calculators with the use of a plastic covering. Also, • Post the break time and include what time testing
separate erasers and calculator covers can be used to will resume.
conceal aids and notes.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books
• Don’t leave test materials unattended under any are closed and answer sheets are placed inside them.
circumstances. Also check that any printed instructions or word-to-
word dictionaries are closed and left on the desks.
• Make sure test materials and phones aren’t removed
from the room. • Make sure that students do not have possession of
phones or other prohibited devices during breaks
• Don’t allow students to access or use phones or
for any reason. Phones and other prohibited devices
wearable technology in the testing room or during
should be collected (if school policy permits), and
breaks, or eat or drink during testing unless they
must remain powered off and stored away from the
have an approved accommodation.
testing area until the test is over.
• If a student’s calculator malfunctions before or during
the test, they should raise their hand. See Calculator • Allow students to eat and drink during breaks in
Malfunction on page 22 for instructions on how to designated areas as long as they placed their food
handle a malfunction. and drinks under their desks before the start of the
test, as instructed.
Prevent Copying and Communication • If students ask, give permission for them to go to
Copying and prohibited communication are the the restroom, but under no circumstances should
most common ways for students to obtain an unfair unsupervised groups of students be allowed to leave
advantage. You must: the room.
• Ensure proper spacing between students to prevent Follow these guidelines for unscheduled breaks (e.g.,
copying and communication among students during requests to use the restroom):
testing.
• Inform students they won’t get extra testing time.
• Watch for possession of mobile phones or other • Allow only 1 student at a time to take an unscheduled
prohibited items, or for “cheat sheets” written on
break.
paper, calculators, skin/clothing, or shoes/footwear.
• Watch for roaming eyes. Some students may try to • Collect the test book and answer sheet before the
student leaves the room. Make sure the test book
copy from a neighbor.
is the actual test book and not a substitute. Fan the
• Carefully observe students using calculators. book to make sure no pages have been removed.
Calculator covers should be stored under desks Also collect any printed directions or dictionary the
during testing. student may be using.
• Watch for signals. Students may signal across a • When the student returns, if they’re unfamiliar to
testing room by using their hands, tapping their feet,
you, check their ID before you hand back the testing
using different colored pencils, and so on.
materials.
IMPORTANT: Always note activities like these on an IR. • Never leave the testing room unattended. If possible,
Immediately report significant problems or events that have a monitor accompany the student. It’s not
interfere with specific testing procedures or compromise necessary to record a student taking an unscheduled
test security. break on an IR unless you find the activity suspicious
(e.g., frequent breaks or breaks in coordination with
If the Irregularity Chart indicates to call Michigan other students).
PSAT 8/9 Support, report the situation immediately.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 57

Part
2 During the Test Administer Accommodations

Complete the Irregularity Report (IR) Using the Irregularity Chart

This form is scanned, so use a No. 2 pencil and do not The Irregularity Chart lists the most common
write any notes or make any other extraneous marks irregularities with the procedures and actions you should
on the form. Be sure to neatly print all information and use to respond to them. When the chart indicates the
fill in bubbles completely. Always include the names need for immediate action, respond immediately. The
of students involved in an irregularity. See Using the chart also indicates situations you should complete and
Irregularity Chart later in this section. submit an IR for, including:

• For all irregularities, fill in the general information in • Test security incidents
fields 1–5 (page 1) and field 9 (page 3) of the form. • Rule violations

• In field 2, fill in the date the irregularity occurred. • Test question errors or ambiguities

• In box 4a, write your 6-digit school (AI) code. • Other incidents or disturbances

• In box 4b, fill in the number of students tested at • Student complaints

your school (use leading zeros, as in “0055”). Make sure reports are complete and explicit. Fill out just
1 form for each irregularity, even if it affects more than
• To report a group irregularity (an issue that affects
all or a portion of a testing room), fill in fields 6 1 student (such as mistiming).
(page 2), 9 (page 3), and 10 (page 4) to show the type Irregularities filed by proctors must be countersigned
of occurrence, describe the events and actions, and by the test coordinator, who should add any information
list information about the students affected. Be sure that might be useful. Tell students that a report will be
to include the testing room code in box 6b. Note the submitted.
grade for each affected student in field 10.
• To report an individual irregularity (an issue that
affects 1 student, such as illness), fill in fields 7 Administer
Accommodations
(page 2), 8 if applicable (page 3), and 9 (page 3) to
show the type of occurrence and the events and
actions taken. List the student’s name, grade, and Locate the information in this section that applies to the
date of birth. students in your room.
• In all situations, provide as much detail as possible
IMPORTANT: If you’re testing students in a standard room,
(e.g., indicate if the student was dismissed and during
proceed to Begin Here on Test Day on page 62.
which section). Do not attach answer sheets to the IR—
the proctor should return them to the test coordinator,
who will countersign and complete any remaining Prepare Computers
information on the IR before returning associated (If Any) on Test Day
answer sheets with the other used answer sheets. See Set Up Computers for ATC Users on page 26 and
Set Up Computers for Pre-recorded Audio on page 26
KEY INFORMATION for information on initial setup of computers for ATC and
Information on the following topics appears in Part 1 of pre-recorded audio formats.
this manual:
Note that you will need to distribute test books with
• Prohibited Devices Policies on page 21
subtitles to both ATC and pre-recorded audio users
• Calculator Policies and Guidelines on page 22 in case they need to reference them during testing.
• Monitoring Equipment Use on page 22 Students using these formats as SAAs will need the
regular-print lime green test book.
• Verify Authorized Test Observers and Visitors on
page 39
Your test coordinator will also have this information.

58 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Administer Accommodations During the Test 2

On test day, before testing begins: • Back (skip to previous track): Control/
• For ATC format: Ensure each student’s computer Command-B
is powered on and the flash drive inserted (and • Forward (skip to next track): Control/
that the student’s name is written on the flash drive Command-F
packaging). Disconnect the computer from any
For Streaming Format: The correct 7-character Form
networks and from the internet.
Code from the back of the test books in your room is
• Disable camera and recording functionality. needed to download the correct test form. Make sure your
• Verify all spelling and grammar check tools are test books say “For Pre-recorded Audio, Human Reader,
disabled so errors to be identified by the student Braille, ATC” on the front cover unless your students are
as part of the assessment aren’t flagged by using SAAs. (In that case, you’ll have standard lime green
software running on the computer. test books.) All test books in your room will have the same
Form Code listed on the center of the back cover. If your
Monitor students to ensure they do not access a
students are downloading the test content themselves,
thesaurus or dictionary or use any unapproved
post the following on the board: “Form Selection” followed
calculators at any time during the test.
by the 7-character Form Code. Students will use this
• For the pre-recorded audio format: Ensure each information to download the correct test form on Day 1
student’s computer is powered on and connected and Day 2 in the streaming application.
to the internet. The streaming application requires
For Flash Drive Format: If you’re testing students with
internet access to download the test form. Access to
the pre-recorded audio format on flash drives, students
the internet will automatically be disabled once the
using PCs and Macs will employ the same navigation
test form is downloaded and students are instructed
and keyboard commands as given earlier. Students
to begin testing.
using Chromebooks will need the following additional
instructions for navigating with the flash drive format.
Prepare to Assist Students Please post these if your students are using Chromebooks:
Using ATC Format • Starting and navigating the test:
The ATC format is composed of Microsoft Word files
created to work with assistive technology such as screen
• In the file list, select the folder Test Directions
and then the file itself to hear general usage
magnification or screen readers. If the student is using
directions.
a Mac for the ATC format, the Microsoft Word software
must be installed. • To select a section, select the test section folder
(e.g., PSAT 8/9 Section 1 Reading Test).
Students using the ATC format will need to select a
• To start the files in a section playing, press
separate file for each section and enter the password
Control-A to highlight all files in the folder, then
printed on the ATC packaging at the beginning of each
press Enter.
section. When timing of each section ends, they will
need to close the file. The ATC standalone script will • To pause or play, use the mouse to control the media
guide you through this process. player menu.

Post Information for Students Administer the Pre-recorded

Using Pre-recorded Audio Format Audio Format
Post this information for students using pre-recorded To administer the pre-recorded audio format, follow
audio format: the steps outlined here. First, ensure the streaming
• Navigating the test: application has been installed on each computer. If not,
refer to Set Up Computers for Pre-recorded Audio on
• Test Directions: Select Test Directions to listen page 26.
to directions
• Start Section: Select Section icon You’ll need the NAR to run the streaming application
because it lists each student’s SSD number, which is
• Next Section: Select Stop at bottom of screen to
return to section table of contents required to access the test form. If your students will be
downloading their own test forms, provide each student
• Change Volume: Select and drag Slider Bar at
with their College Board SSD number on a sticky note or
the bottom of the screen
index card in the testing room before testing begins.
• Keyboard navigation for PC, Mac, and Chromebook:
To administer the pre-recorded audio format, you’ll sign
• Pause or Play: Control/Command-P
in to the streaming application on all computers before
students enter the room to begin testing.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 59

Part
2 During the Test Administer Accommodations

Step 1 – Launch the Streaming Application 7. Select Day 1 from the Test Day drop-down menu (on
Before testing begins, the proctor or designated staff Day 2, you will select Day 2), and click Continue.
member will perform the following tasks: 8. Review the information on the Selection Summary
1. Make sure you have posted special instructions for screen and make any necessary edits. If all
navigating the streaming application as described information is correct, click Confirm and then Begin
in Post Information for Students Using Pre-recorded Form Download. During the download, the screen
Audio Format on page 59. may look inactive or gray.
2. Make sure the volume on the computer is not muted Once all forms have begun downloading, you will admit
and is set to a good listening level. The student can and seat each student at the computer assigned to them.
adjust the volume using the toolbar at the bottom of If you’re downloading the test form on students’ behalf,
the screen once the test has begun; however, if the you’ll need to repeat the procedure on Day 2 of the test
computer volume is muted, the volume control within administration.
the application will also be muted.
3. Select the MP3 Delivery icon on the computer or IMPORTANT: As students enter the room, instruct them not
Chromebook and sign in with College Board SSD to start the test until told to do so.
Online credentials. (Contact Michigan PSAT 8/9
Support if login assistance is needed.) Step 3 – Turn to the Correct Section
4. Select the yellow Launch Test button under Take of Scripts to Begin Testing
a test or essay. You’ll be brought to the Test • If performing these steps at the beginning of Day 1 of
Administration screen. testing, turn to Begin Here on Test Day on page 62.
• On Day 2 of testing, turn to Admitting Students on
Step 2 – Complete the Test Information page 97.
and Download the Test
Proctors may choose to access students’ test forms if the Administering Accommodated
number of test takers is small; otherwise, if students will
Breaks and Extended Time
be completing this step themselves, skip this step and go
Some students may be approved for extra and/or extended
to step 3 to continue with testing. (Instructions for step
breaks. Break time is not included as part of testing time and
2 are included for students in the scripts. See Start the
is timed separately. During their breaks, students approved
Streaming Application on page 90.)
in SSD Online for accommodated breaks are still subject to
If you choose to access the test form on students’ behalf, the same regulations that apply to standard breaks.
perform the following steps on each computer before
Administer accommodated breaks as follows:
students enter the room:
1. Under the Assessment Information screen in the • Extra Breaks: Students approved for extra breaks
School (AI) Code field, enter your 6-digit school (AI) receive a break between each test section and a break
code. in the middle of Sections 1 and 4. Use Script 2 for
students approved for extra breaks and not approved
2. From the Assessment Type drop-down menu,
for extended time on all sections.
choose PSAT 8/9.
3. Under Student Information, fill in the student’s first
• Extended Breaks: Give extended breaks to approved
students by doubling the standard time of regularly
and last name as it appears on the NAR.
scheduled breaks.
4. Under the field SSD Number, enter the student’s
10-digit College Board SSD number. (Do not use the • Extra and Extended Breaks: If you have students
student’s state student ID number.) approved for both extra and extended breaks, provide
10-minute breaks for all breaks; if students ask to
5. Select the button marked Confirm SSD. A check
resume testing sooner, they may, but you shouldn’t
mark will indicate the number is confirmed.
prompt students to end their breaks early.
6. Once the SSD number has been confirmed, type
the 7-character Form Code found on the back of the • Breaks As Needed: When a student is approved
subtitled test book in the Form Selection section. for breaks as needed, they may take breaks during
Be sure to enter the Form Code exactly as it appears a test section. Most students’ needs are met with
on the test book. You’ll use this same Form Code on a 10-minute break. However, if a student requests
both Day 1 and Day 2. All test books in your room additional time, grant the request, within reason.
will have the same Form Code in the center of the This time does not count toward testing time (that
back cover. They should say “For Pre-Recorded is, the testing clock stops). (Use Script 1 unless
Audio, Human Reader, Braille, ATC” on the front approved for other accommodations.)
cover unless your students are using SAAs. (In that
case, you’ll have regular-print lime green test books.)

60 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Administer Accommodations During the Test 2

Students approved for extended time receive extra breaks some of the freeware or less commonly used screen
as follows: readers may not be compatible with ATC files. When
• Students approved for extended time on the entire using VoiceOver on a Mac, the student must use the
test (for reading, use of a human reader or scribe, or mouse, not the keyboard, for navigation. Kurzweil is
as an EL support) receive a break between each test currently incompatible with the ATC format.
section and a break in the middle of Sections 1 and 4. If your student has a device not listed, use the practice
• Students approved for math-only extended time receive test to verify that it’s supported. Practice materials
standard time on Sections 1 and 2, a break before can be found at accommodations.collegeboard.org/
Section 3 (Math Test – No Calculator), and another in request-accommodations//how-students-can-practice/
the middle of Section 4 (Math Test – Calculator). psat-nmsqt-psat-10.
Once you’ve started each section, you should record the Administer the test 1 section at a time, with strict timing,
start and stop times in the scripts, then post the times at just as you would a paper test. Note that you will need to
the front of the room for students to see. Use the Timing distribute test books with the subtitle “For Pre-Recorded
Charts in the Appendix to ensure that you have correctly Audio, Human Reader, Braille, ATC” to these students
calculated the stop time based on the minutes after the in case they need to reference them during testing.
hour when you started the section. (Students using these formats as SAAs will use the
regular-print lime green test book for reference.)
Administering Large Print Students using the ATC format will need to select a
College Board provides large-print test books in 14-point
separate file for each section and enter the password
or 20-point for students approved for their use. Larger
printed on the ATC packaging at the beginning of each
print is also available.
section. When timing of each section ends, they will
Students who test with large print test with standard need to close the file. The ATC standalone scripts include
time and breaks (Script 1), unless approved in SSD instructions to guide students through this process.
Online for other accommodations. Students using test
If technical difficulties are encountered during the ATC
books with larger than 14-point print must test in an
test, pause the test timing and instruct the student to
accommodated room.
step away from the computer. Once you have resolved
Seat students using a large-print test, a large-print the issue, you can permit the student to return to the
answer sheet, a calculator with large or raised display, or computer and resume test timing. If you have any
a magnification device in the back of the room. questions during the test administration, contact the
SSD office.
Administering the ATC Format
The ATC format is composed of 5 Microsoft Word files Administering Braille Test Formats
created to work with students’ assistive technology for Students approved for braille with raised line drawings
screen magnification or screen readers. You may need to test with braille test formats. These students have
install Microsoft Word on any computers being used. standard time and breaks (Script 1) unless approved in
SSD Online for other accommodations.
Students using the ATC format should be tested with
standard time (except for Section 2) unless approved The braille format of the PSAT 8/9 is divided into several
for extended testing time. For Section 2, the Writing books, which you will use 1 at a time.
and Language Test, allow all ATC users double time
• Braille test formats are in Unified English Braille
to navigate between the questions and the answer
(UEB) with the Math Test sections in the 1972
choices. A student approved for more than double time
revised Nemeth Code. They include raised line
should test with their approved time allowance. Monitor
drawings of graphs and figures when graphs and
students to be sure they’re not accessing any other sites
figures are included in the test.
while working on the test.
• Provide each student with a copy of the Guide to the
Students should use earphones when testing with Nemeth Code and the Braille Reference Information
the ATC format (if used with text-to-speech software). (a braille math reference book). The Guide to the
Bluetooth features are not allowed. If earphones are not Nemeth Code lists the current version of Nemeth
available, the student should be tested in a separate room. Code mathematical symbols with their meanings.
The ATC format is compatible with ZoomText (with and Students may refer to the guide during the test if
without reader), JAWS, and NVDA, on both a PC and a they’re taking the braille test. The Braille Reference
Mac laptop. If you have students using other assistive Information contains math reference material required
technology, encourage them to try a practice test, as for the braille test.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 61

Part
2 Test Day Scripts Begin Here on Test Day

• Refer to Materials Provided for Accommodated • Human readers may read only what is in the script
Testing on page 30 for a list of materials provided (they may not elaborate), but may repeat questions as
to supplement the braille test. often as requested.
Scratch paper can also be used by students recording • See Materials Provided for Accommodated Testing
answers on a braille device. on page 30 for a list of the materials, such as a
reader’s script, that you’ll receive for a student testing
Administering Raised Line Drawings with a human reader.
Some students using formats other than braille—such If you are proctoring in a room in which a support staff
as human reader or pre-recorded audio format—may be member is reading test directions for a student, be sure the
approved for the accommodation of raised line drawings human reader is aware of the requirements given above.
(also called braille graphs and figures or braille figure
supplements). During the test, when questions refer to Students who use human readers may be approved for
figures, students may refer to either the standard-print or other formats, such as braille materials. They will find the
large-print test book or to the book of raised line drawings. 2 texts differ slightly because the script read by a human
reader describes the figures in greater detail than in other
If a student doesn’t read braille but is approved to use
formats.
raised line drawings, be prepared to help the student find
their place, since all labels and numbers in that book are
in braille. Labels and numbers given with figures can Administering Scribes
be found in corresponding locations in both the regular- Students assisted by a scribe:
print and large-print tests. • Take the test with time and one-half unless already
approved for double time (or more).
Administering Human Readers • Test in a one-to-one setting.
Students assisted by a human reader:
• Scribes may not prompt the student in a way that
• Take the test with time and one-half unless already would result in a different response.
approved for double time (or more).
• Scribes may not be shared, but they may serve as the
• Test in a one-to-one setting. proctor for their assigned student.
• Human readers may not be shared, but they may If you are proctoring in a room in which a support staff
serve as the proctor for their assigned student.
member is writing answers for a student, be sure the
scribe is aware of the requirements given above.

Test Day Scripts

Before you begin testing, be sure to complete the tasks • Before admitting students, supply the appropriate
in Prepare to Test on page 54 and be familiar with the information where a blank line “__________” appears
procedures in Administer the Test on page 56. in the script text.
• Only read aloud the text in the shaded areas. Text
that appears outside of the shaded areas is intended
Begin Here on Test Day for proctors and should not be read aloud.
IMPORTANT: If you’re administering the test with ATC or • Speak loudly and slowly. Be sure that students in the
pre-recorded audio format, you must complete setup of back of the room can hear you clearly. Pause where
the computers before you begin testing. See Administer you see [pause] in the script to allow students time to
Accommodations on page 58. follow instructions.
• Do not read information in [bracketed italics] out loud.
The scripts in this manual are designed to ensure that
every student who takes the PSAT 8/9 has a fair and equal
• Keep an eye out for raised hands. Students are likely
to have questions during the pretest instructions.
experience. So, when administering the test, please read
Answer student questions about procedure only, not
the script out loud exactly as written. Take time to review
about test content.
the script or scripts that apply to your students so that you
can administer the test accurately, confidently, and calmly. • When you see multiple choices with lettered options
Your attitude can help students be confident and calm, too. (e.g., A and B ), read the prompts silently before
choosing which script(s) to read to students.

62 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Begin Here on Test Day Test Day Scripts 2

For any students who didn’t attend a • Possessing an answer key or sharing answers with
preadministration session, the preadministration anyone during or after the test
scripts are also included in the scripts that follow.
• Going to a locker or leaving the building during the test
Before starting the script, check your room roster for • Attempting to take the test for someone else
students who need additional printed aids (e.g., test
directions and/or word-to-word dictionaries) and • Eating or drinking during testing without an
distribute them to those students. approved accommodation to do so
• Causing a disturbance
When you are ready to begin, say:
• Failing to follow testing procedures
Welcome to the PSAT 8/9 administration. This test will These policies help make sure your testing experience
focus on what you’ve already been learning throughout today is fair, and that you can focus on your own test
school. It gives you a chance to see where you might without distractions.
need to improve in high school. If you are using
printed directions, use them to follow along as I give Most schools will collect students’ phones, electronic
instructions. [pause] devices, and/or backpacks. The only exception is for
computers or other devices approved for testing as an
Before we begin the test, I’m going to read some
accommodation. The NAR will indicate if any student is
instructions. Please listen carefully, and raise your hand
approved to use a device.
if you have any questions. Remember, my role is to
make sure you have the best opportunity to demonstrate Collection of personal belongings:
your skills and knowledge. Read script A if your school collected students’
For today’s test, you may use only a Number 2 pencil belongings. Read script B if your school does not allow
to mark your answer sheet. Mechanical pencils are not collection of students’ belongings.
allowed. Please raise your hand if you do not have a READ ONLY ONE OPTION.

Number 2 pencil, and I will give you one.

A If your school collected personal belongings, say:
Distribute No. 2 pencils to any students who need them.
By this time you should have turned in all phones
Then say: and any other electronic devices. If anyone still has an
electronic device of any kind, including a smartwatch or
College Board PSAT 8/9 Terms and Conditions include fitness tracker, please disable any alarms, power it off,
rules and policies to make sure all students have a fair and turn it in to me now. It will be returned to you after
and equal test experience. If anyone disturbs others or the test. The only exception is for computers or other
tries to gain an unfair advantage, I’ll ask them to leave devices approved for testing as an accommodation.
the room and their scores will be invalidated. They may [pause]
also be prevented from taking other College Board tests
in the future.
B If your school does not allow collection of
personal belongings, say:
List examples of rule violations by saying:
At this time, if you have a phone or any other electronic
Here are some examples of unfair advantages: device in your possession, including a smartwatch or
• Giving or receiving help of any kind on the test fitness tracker, you must disable any alarms, completely
• Looking through the test book before time starts power it off, and put it in a bag or backpack to the side
of the room until the test is over. If you need a bag to
• Looking at any section other than the one we’re
store your phone in, raise your hand and I will give one
currently on
to you. The only exception is for computers or other
• Marking or changing answers after time is called devices approved for testing as an accommodation.
• Attempting to remove test materials from the testing [pause]
room
• Possessing a phone or any unauthorized testing aid Allow time for students to turn in or put away any of
these devices.
during testing or during breaks

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 63

Part
2 Test Day Scripts Begin Here on Test Day

• Books or references of any kind (except for EL

To all students, say:
supports)
Any electronic device that isn’t turned off or put away • Compasses, rulers, protractors, or cutting devices
may be collected and its contents inspected as part of • Papers of any kind, including scratch paper (except
an investigation. If you are seen with a device or your for EL supports)
device makes a noise or creates a disturbance while in
• Earplugs
your possession, I will have to dismiss you from testing.
• Unacceptable calculators that have computer-style
From this point on, I will dismiss any student that I see
(QWERTY) keyboards, use paper tape, make noise,
with a phone, smartwatch, or other electronic device. or use a power cord
• Weapons or firearms
Then say:
Then say:
Thank you for paying attention to these instructions so
far. Now we’re going to prepare to start the test. Please remember you may not share or exchange
• Remove everything from your desk except your calculators at any time. Put your calculators under your
Number 2 pencils, acceptable calculator, and backup desks now. You will not need them until a later section.
calculator if you have one. If you’re using printed test
directions or a word-to-word dictionary, keep these Make sure students have put their calculators under
their desks and any phones have either been collected or
items on your desk as well.
placed in a bag to the side of the room, not in a pocket or
• If you brought extra batteries, drinks, or snacks, put a desk.
them on the floor under your desk.
• If you have any bags or backpacks remaining at your Distributing Student Answer Sheets
desk, close them and put them to the side of the Distribute the answer sheets. Make sure each student
room until testing is over. [pause] receives their own answer sheet with identifying
information completed. Give any students who did
not participate in a preadministration session their
To all students, say: prelabeled answer sheet. If you do not have a prelabeled
answer sheet for a student testing in your room, give
Please sit quietly while I take a moment to look around
them a blank answer sheet.
and make sure you’re all using acceptable calculators.
[pause]
After distributing answer sheets, say:

Check Student Desks for These are the answer sheets that you’ll use to mark
your answers on the test. If you’re using a large-print
Prohibited Items answer sheet, please read the directions on page 1 of
Walk around the room to make sure no one has
your answer sheet about how to mark your answers.
unacceptable calculators or other prohibited items on
Your page numbers will be different from the ones I
their desk.
announce, but the field numbers will be the same as
Examples of prohibited items include the following the field numbers I give for everyone. You’ll mark the
(unless your NAR indicates that a student is allowed an squares with an X instead of filling in bubbles. Raise
item as an accommodation): your hand if you need assistance at any time. [pause]
• Mobile phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers,
or other wearable technology (simple nondigital
watches are acceptable) To all students, say:

• Audio players or recorders, tablets, laptops, Please check to make sure your full name, school, and
notebooks, Bluetooth devices (e.g., wireless earbuds/ grade appear correctly on the label on your answer
headphones), or any other personal computing sheet. Raise your hand if there are any errors on your
devices label. [pause]
• Separate timers of any type
• Cameras or any other photographic equipment IMPORTANT: If all students in the room have correct answer

• Pens, highlighters, or mechanical or colored pencils sheets populated during a preadministration session,
proceed to Distributing Test Books on page 65.

64 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Begin Here on Test Day Test Day Scripts 2

If any students in the room have the wrong answer

For field 5, say:
sheet, try to resolve the discrepancy. If you can’t, give
them blank answer sheets. If any students are using an In field 5, print and bubble the 10-digit state student ID
unlabeled answer sheet or have errors on their label, number, your UIC, from the top left corner of the label
make a note on your room roster so the test coordinator on the front of your answer sheet, starting with the first
knows to update the student’s record in the Michigan column to the left. If you don’t know your UIC, raise
Student Data System if necessary, and to print a pre-ID
your hand. Look up when you’re done. [pause]
label if the answer sheet is unlabeled.
If students need to complete their information, fill in the If a student doesn’t have a pre-ID label, tell the student to
school code in the script before beginning. leave field 5 blank. Tell the test coordinator after the test
that the student is missing a pre-ID label.
To students who need to complete information on
their answer sheets, for field 1, say: For field 6, say:

If you need to complete fields on the answer sheet, In field 6, fill in the bubble for your current grade.
begin with field 1. Fill in your legal last name, first
name, and middle initial if you have one, as they For field 7, say:
appear on your label (if you have one). Include spaces,
hyphens, or apostrophes if these are part of your name. Complete field 7.
Print the letters in all caps in the boxes, then fill in the
corresponding bubbles. Make sure each mark is dark For field 8, say:
and completely fills the bubble. Look up when you’re
For your date of birth, fill in the month, day, and last
done. [pause]
2 digits of the year you were born. Start with a zero if
Your first name must be your legal first name. If you filling in a 1-digit number. Fill in the corresponding
use a preferred first name and you have a College bubbles and look up when you’re done. [pause]
Board online account, you can enter it there. College
Board uses your legal name on test day to confirm your
Distributing Test Books
identity, but they’ll use your preferred first name in
If available, keep 1 blank answer sheet and 1 test book
other communications with you. for use in giving instructions.

• Students testing with flash drives should already

For field 2, say: have their flash drive inserted in the computer on
In field 2, if you attend this school, print our 6-digit their desk.
school code _______ and fill in the corresponding • Students with College Board–approved
bubbles. Look up when you’re done. [pause] accommodations taking the test with a human reader
or pre-recorded audio, braille, or ATC format get test
If any students are homeschooled, tell them to leave books with the subtitle “For Pre-Recorded Audio,
field 2 blank. Human Reader, Braille, ATC” to use along with their
approved format. (Students using these formats as
For field 3, say: SAAs receive regular-print lime green test books
along with their approved format.)
In field 3, if you attend this school, fill in the bubble for
• For students using braille, the subtitled books can be
“Yes.” If you’re homeschooled, fill in the appropriate kept at the proctor’s desk for reference.
bubble. Raise your hand if you have any questions.
[pause] Make sure you’re passing out the correct books or
student scores may be invalidated:
• Test books for 8th-grade primary testing and the
For field 4, say:
accommodated window have an apple on the cover.
In field 4, if you attend this school, print our school’s • Test books for 9th-grade primary testing and the
name, city, and state. Look up when you’re done. [pause] accommodated window have a crescent on the cover.
• Both 8th and 9th grades use test books for the
If any students are homeschooled, tell them to leave makeup date with a flower on the cover.
field 4 blank.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 65

Part
2 Test Day Scripts Begin Here on Test Day

When everyone is ready, say:

• Make sure you use a Number 2 pencil. Don’t use a
pen, a colored pencil, or a mechanical pencil.
I will now distribute your test books. Do not open them • Mark 1 answer for each question and fill in the
until I tell you to. bubbles on the answer sheet darkly and completely.

Give each student the appropriate test materials in serial- • Don’t fold your answer sheet back on itself and don’t
number order. make any marks on your answer sheet other than
your answers. Stray marks on your answer sheet will
You must record the test book serial numbers on the interfere with scoring.
seating chart on the back of this manual to indicate
which test book was distributed to each seat. Also • If you erase, do so completely. Incomplete erasures
record the student’s name on the seating chart if time may be scored as intended answers.
permits. You can complete this task while students are
working on Section 1, the Reading Test. IMPORTANT: Read the following script quietly only to
students who are approved to record their answers in their
Make sure no one opens a test book until told to do so.
test book.
When all students have their test books, say:
To students who are approved to record their
Turn your test book over and read the back cover. It answers in their test book, say:
has important information about the test and how to
properly mark your answers. [pause] You’ve been approved to record your answers in the
test book. Be sure to circle the letter of your chosen
Are there any questions about what you just read? answer in your test book. Only circle 1 answer for each
[pause] question. If you change your mind, erase as completely
as you can.
When everyone is ready, say:

On the back of the test book, clearly print your Completing the Certification
name, this school’s code ______ and name Statement
______________________________, and this room’s To all students, say:
testing room code or name____________________,
which I’ve posted for you. [pause] Now please find the Certification Statement on the back
of your answer sheet.
Students using flash drives should add this information to By signing the statement, you are agreeing not to share
their flash drive packaging as well. any test content with anyone, through any means,
including but not limited to email, text messages,
Check that students have filled in these fields, including
testing room code (or other identifier, e.g., room name), internet posts, or other use of the internet. Doing
on their test books and any flash drive packaging. (Note so may result in score invalidation or other possible
that students should not write on braille books.) sanction. These conditions are spelled out in the
PSAT 8/9 Student Guide.
Give additional instructions for marking answers by
Read the statement and the information on your answer
saying:
sheet, then sign your full name as you would on an
It’s important that you follow the directions for marking official document. Under your signature, print your
your answers so your answer sheet can be scored. I’m name and enter today’s date.
going to emphasize the most important points to make
Put your pencil down when you are finished. [pause]
sure they’re clear. Please listen carefully.
• Mark all of your answers on the answer sheet. You Walk around the room and check that all students are
may use your test book for scratch work, but only signing their names to the Certification Statement. Also
answers marked on the answer sheet can be scored, check to make sure students correctly enter today’s date.
unless you’re approved to mark them in the test book. Students with disabilities should still be encouraged to
sign their names if they can.
• After time has been called, you may not transfer
answers from your test book to your answer sheet or
fill in bubbles.

66 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Begin Here on Test Day Test Day Scripts 2

Completing Test Book Information Check that students are filling in the correct codes.

Before Filling in Test Book Information Students using a human reader, braille test, or flash drive
A FOR PRE-RECORDED AUDIO USERS shouldn’t copy any codes from the subtitled test book on
• If students are using the streaming application, their answer sheets. They should use the codes on the test
turn to Script 5: Pre-recorded Audio Format on format they’re testing with.
page 90 to guide students through filling in their
test information on the answer sheet and navigating Have students check the codes they’ve entered by
the computer-based test. saying:
• If your school has been approved to use flash drives, To prevent problems with getting your scores, check the
continue with the scripts that follow.
Form Code, Test ID, and Test Book Serial Number fields
B FOR ALL OTHER STUDENTS to make sure you entered them correctly.
Continue with the scripts that follow.
IMPORTANT: If your school doesn’t use testing room codes,
Continue Filling in Test Information instruct students to leave field D blank.
IMPORTANT: For the next set of instructions, students must
correctly copy codes from their test materials onto the If your school uses testing room codes, for field D, say:
back of their answer sheets (fields A–C as prompted in the
scripts); without this information, their answer sheets In field D on your answer sheet, fill in the 3-digit testing
can’t be scored. room code that I have posted. [pause]

For field A, Form Code, say: IMPORTANT: If you’re administering the pre-recorded
audio format on flash drives, skip forward to Explain Pre-
Find field A on the back of your answer sheet. If you’re recorded Audio Navigation on page 91.
using a large-print answer sheet, field A is on page 7.
Find the Form Code on the back of the test format
When everyone is ready, say:
you’re testing with—that is, your test book, reader’s
script (provided to your human reader), braille book, or You’ll begin the test in just a few minutes, after I read a
flash drive package. Copy the Form Code exactly as it few final instructions.
appears on your test into field A on your answer sheet, During testing, keep your answer sheet and test book
and fill in the appropriate bubbles. Please look up when flat on your desk. If you find something wrong with
you are finished. [pause] your answer sheet or test book, such as a missing page,
or if you realize that you have been writing answers in
For field B, Test ID, say: the wrong section of your answer sheet, raise your hand.
Find field B. Find the Test ID on the back of the test Answer sheets and test books must never be removed
format you’re testing with—that is, your test book, from the testing room.
reader’s script (provided to your human reader), braille
The test is timed by section. You’ll have breaks during
book, or flash drive package. Copy the Test ID exactly as
the test when you can leave this room to have a snack or
it appears on your test into field B on your answer sheet,
use the restroom.
and fill in the appropriate bubbles. Please look up when
you are finished. [pause] I’ll walk around the room to make sure everyone is
working on the correct section. For the PSAT 8/9,
Students using braille, pre-recorded audio, or flash drive you can only work on 1 section at a time. You are not
formats may require assistance copying information. allowed to move to the next section until you’re told to
do so. This may be different from what you’re used to, so
For field C, Test Book Serial Number, say: make sure not to move ahead or look back to a previous
section, even if you finish the current section early.
Look at the front cover of your test book or other test
format. Find the number in the upper right corner Once the test has ended, please stay seated until I
labeled “Test Book Serial Number.” Enter your serial dismiss you. If you have any questions you may ask
number into field C on your answer sheet and fill in the them now. [pause]
corresponding bubbles. [pause]

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 67

Part
2 Test Day Scripts Begin Here on Test Day

IMPORTANT: If testing in an accommodated room, see If you are using a braille device to record your answers,
Specific Format Instructions below. on each page you use, type your full name and the
number of the section you are working on. Type the
Specific Format Instructions question number and your answer. It is not necessary to
• If you have students using a scribe, a human reader, capitalize your answer choices.
or braille format, find and read the appropriate
instructions in this section. Do you have any questions about these procedures?
[pause]
• For all other students, continue at Proceed to the
Appropriate Script later in this section.
At the end of a section, if a student has finished with
a braille book, collect it and give the student the next
To a scribe, say:
braille book just before the next section begins.
Please follow these instructions:
• You must write only what the student dictates in
Proceed to the Appropriate Script
Turn to the correct script to begin testing the students in
English.
your room.
• You may not prompt the student in a way that would
result in a different response. • If testing ATC users, switch now to the specialized
standalone ATC script that gives the right timing
for your room and begin reading at Script for ATC
To a student who is using a scribe, say: Format.

Since you’re using a scribe, your answers and any • If testing students using the pre-recorded audio
corrections will be recorded as you dictate them. If you format, you should already be reading from Script 5:
Pre-recorded Audio Format on page 90.
want to review your work, your answers will be read to
you. Do you have any questions? [pause] For all other students, use this table to find the right
script to start testing in your room. Depending on the
accommodations you’re administering, you may need to
To a human reader, say:
begin with one script and switch to another later in the
If you are reading the script to a student, please read testing session.
questions as often as requested. It is important to read
SCRIPTS TO USE FOR TESTING
only what is in the script. Do not elaborate beyond what
is in the script, even if the student asks for it. If a student To start testing with: Turn to:
using raised line drawings doesn’t read braille, you can
Standard timing and breaks Script 1: Standard
find the labels and numbers in corresponding locations Time on page 69
in the standard-print books, if needed. Do you have any
Standard timing Script 2: Standard
questions about these procedures? [pause] and extra breaks Time with Extra Breaks
on page 73
To students using braille format, say: Time and one-half Script 3: Time and One-
Half on page 78
The braille test is divided into several books. You will
be given 1 book at a time. The Reading Test and the Double time Script 4: Double Time
on page 83
Writing and Language Test are in regular grade 2 braille.
Throughout the test, each question is separated from Pre-recorded audio format Script 5: Pre-recorded Audio
another with a line. Each question begins in cell 1 with Format on page 90
runovers beginning in cell 5. Each answer choice begins
Use the table Overview of Timing and Breaks if needed
in cell 3 with runovers beginning in cell 5. for reference as you determine the timing and breaks
The braille type used is Unified English Braille (UEB), needed in your room.
and the Math Test is in the 1972 revised Nemeth Code.
The Braille Reference Information includes braille math
formulas and directions for use with both sections of
the Math Test.

68 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 1 Section 1 Standard Time 2

SCRIPT 1: so try to answer every question, even if you’re not sure

of the correct answer.
Standard Time Now, open your test book to Section 1. [pause] Read the
The following script is for use with standard timing and directions and begin work. Good luck, everyone.
breaks.
Also use this script to administer the following To begin the test, say:
accommodations to students:
Time starts now.
• Extended time on math only (you’ll see instructions
for when to switch to Script 3 or Script 4).
• Braille or large-print test formats. RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

• Breaks as needed or extended breaks.

55 MINUTES STANDARD TIME
• Permission to test blood sugar; small-group setting;
or permission to use a 4-function calculator on the START TIME STOP TIME
Math Test – No Calculator section.
• SAAs that don’t require extended time on the entire While students are testing, do the following:
test or extra breaks. • Post the start and stop times.
To help you post accurate start and stop times, use • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
the Section Timing Chart for Standard Timing in the working on the correct section.
Appendix. • Complete the seating chart on the back of this
manual to indicate the distribution of test books.

SECTION 1: During the Section

Reading Test After 25 minutes, say:
STANDARD TIME You have 30 minutes remaining in Section 1.
55 Minutes

IMPORTANT: Do not admit any students who arrive at this After 50 minutes, say:
point. Send these students to the test coordinator. You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 1.

When everyone is ready, say:

After exactly 55 minutes, say:
We’ll start testing with Section 1, the Reading Test.
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
Once we begin, you’ll have 55 minutes to work on
Section 1. We’ll have a short break after the section is
over. I’ll post the start and stop times, and I’ll let you After Section 1
know when we’re about halfway through the section and To all students, say:
when 5 minutes are left.
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
Please open your answer sheet to Section 1. [pause] where you stopped working. Close your test book and
Don’t start work until I tell you to. Keep your answer leave it on your desk.
sheet and test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages
back. Be sure to mark your answers in Section 1 of the
For the break, say:
answer sheet and check that your answers are in the
right spaces for each numbered question. If you skip a We’ll stop now for a 5-minute break. Please listen
question to come back to it later, make sure you leave carefully to these rules:
that line blank on the answer sheet. If you change your • Don’t discuss the test questions with anyone or
response, erase it as completely as possible. access any kind of electronic device during this break
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work or any other break during the test.
in this section, but you may not go to any other section • If you need to leave the room, only go to designated
of the test. You won’t lose points for incorrect answers, areas, the hallway, or the restroom.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 69

Part
2 Standard Time Script 1 Section 2

• Snacks and drinks are only allowed in designated areas.

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
• Please be considerate of students working in other
rooms and don’t talk in the hallway. 30 MINUTES STANDARD TIME
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
START TIME STOP TIME

5-MINUTE BREAK • Post the start and stop times.

• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
will resume. working on the correct section.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books
are closed and that answer sheets are inside the test
During the Section
books. After 15 minutes, say:

At the end of the break, say: You have 15 minutes remaining in Section 2.

Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
After 25 minutes, say:
until I tell you to.
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 2.

SECTION 2: After exactly 30 minutes, say:

Writing and Language Test Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
STANDARD TIME
30 Minutes After Section 2
To all students, say:
When everyone is ready, say:
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
We’ll continue testing with Section 2, the Writing and
where you stopped working. Close your test book and
Language Test. Once we begin, you’ll have 30 minutes to
leave it on your desk.
work on Section 2. I’ll post the start and stop times, and
I’ll let you know when we’re about halfway through the At this point, you may have students who require
section and when 5 minutes are left. different timing on the next section. Pause for a moment
Find Section 2 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work to read the following instructions and determine what
your students require next.
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to A FOR STUDENTS WITH MATH-ONLY EXTENDED
mark your answers in Section 2 of the answer sheet and TIME
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each • For students testing with time and one-half for math,
numbered question. turn to Script 3, Break Before Section 3 on page 80.

If you finish before I call time, you may check your work • For students testing with double time for math, turn
in this section, but you may not go to any other section to Script 4, Break Before Section 3 for Math-Only
Extended Time on page 87.
of the test.
B FOR ALL OTHER STUDENTS
Now, open your test book to Section 2. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work. Continue with the script that follows.

To begin the test, say:

Time starts now.

70 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 1 Section 3 Standard Time 2

SECTION 3: RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

Math Test – No Calculator

20 MINUTES STANDARD TIME
STANDARD TIME
20 Minutes START TIME STOP TIME

IMPORTANT: If a student is approved to use a 4-function • Post the start and stop times.
calculator on this section as an accommodation, confirm • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
it isn’t a scientific or graphing calculator. (Percentage and working on the correct section and no calculators are
square root functions are permitted.) on desks (unless a student has an accommodation to
use a calculator).
When everyone is ready, say:
During the Section
We’ll continue testing with Section 3, the Math
After 10 minutes, say:
Test without Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have
20 minutes to work on Section 3. We’ll have a short You have 10 minutes remaining in Section 3.
break after the section is over. I will post the start and
stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about After 15 minutes, say:
halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are left.
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 3.

To all students, say:

After exactly 20 minutes, say:
Find Section 3 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
mark your answers in Section 3 of the answer sheet and After Section 3
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each To all students, say:
numbered question.
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few where you stopped working. Close your test book and
questions are student-produced responses. Directions for leave it on your desk.
filling in your answers to these questions are in your test
book. You’ll never need more than 4 spaces to record your
answer, although some answers might not use all 4 spaces. For the break, say:

We will stop now for a short break. For the break, if

If any students in the room are approved to record you brought a snack, you may eat it in designated areas
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle only. As before, if you need to leave the room, don’t go
their final answers for the student-produced responses.
anywhere other than designated areas, the hallway, or
the restroom. Don’t talk in the hallway, discuss the test
To all students, say:
questions with anyone, or access any type of electronic
Although this is a math section, you’re not allowed to device during the break.
use a calculator on this portion of the test. Please keep
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
your calculator under your desk unless you are approved
to use a 4-function calculator as an accommodation.
5-MINUTE BREAK
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
on this section, but you may not go to any other section
• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume.
of the test.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books are
Now, open your test book to Section 3. [pause] Read the closed and that answer sheets are inside the test books.
directions and begin work.
At the end of the break, say:
To begin the test, say: Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
until I tell you to.
Time starts now.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 71

Part
2 Standard Time Script 1 Section 4

SECTION 4: To all students, say:

Math Test – Calculator If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
in this section, but you may not go to any other section
STANDARD TIME
of the test.
40 Minutes
Now, open your test book to Section 4. [pause] Read the
If your school is providing calculators to students,
directions and begin work.
distribute them now.

When students are ready, say: To begin the test, say:

We’ll continue testing with Section 4, the Math Test Time starts now.
with Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have 40 minutes
to work on Section 4. I will post the start and stop times,
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
and I’ll let you know when we’re about halfway through
the section and when 5 minutes are left.
40 MINUTES STANDARD TIME

To all students, say: START TIME STOP TIME

You may use a calculator for this section. If you have • Post the start and stop times.
a calculator, please remove any cover and put the • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
calculator on your desk now. Keep the calculator cover working on the correct section.
on the floor under your desk during testing. [pause]
During the Section
Even though you’re allowed to use a calculator for this
section, all the questions can be answered without a After 20 minutes, say:
calculator. If you use a calculator, remember to follow You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 4.
these guidelines:
• Keep your calculator flat on your desk or hold it so After 35 minutes, say:
that other students can’t view your work.
• Do not share or exchange your calculator. You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 4.

• If you have a backup calculator or batteries, keep

them on the floor under your desk. After exactly 40 minutes, say:

• If your calculator malfunctions and you have Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
batteries or a backup calculator, raise your hand. I’ll
come over to assist you. If you do not have a backup, After Section 4
continue the test and do the best you can.
To all students, say:
Find Section 4 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
Close your answer sheet so that page 1 is on top. Close
until I tell you to. [pause] Keep your answer sheet and
your test book. [pause]
test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be
sure to mark your answers in Section 4 of the answer
sheet and check that your answers are in the right When everyone is ready, say:
spaces for each numbered question.
Before I collect your test materials, please turn your
Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few answer sheet over. If you’re using a large-print answer
questions are student-produced responses. Fill these out sheet, turn to page 7. Check that you have filled in the
just like you did with the last section. Form Code in field A. This Form Code is required for
scoring your test. [pause] Check that you have also
If any students in the room are approved to record completed fields B and C. Please raise your hand if you
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle need help completing any fields. [pause]
their final answers for the student-produced responses.
Students testing with alternate test formats should use the
codes from those formats, not the subtitled test book.

72 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 2 Section 1 Standard Time with Extra Breaks 2

Proceed to Dismissal on page 102 for the collection of If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
test books and other test materials. in this section, but you may not go to any other section
of the test. You won’t lose points for incorrect answers,
so try to answer every question, even if you’re not sure
SCRIPT 2: of the correct answer.

Standard Time with Now, open your test book to Section 1. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work. Good luck, everyone.
Extra Breaks
This script provides standard timing for all test sections To begin the test, say:
with additional breaks added to the longer sections and
Time starts now.
between sections.
Use this script for:
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
• Students approved for extra breaks with standard
timing on all sections of the test.
28 MINUTES STANDARD TIME — EXTRA BREAKS
• Students approved for extra breaks and extended
time for math only. You’ll see instructions for where START TIME STOP TIME
to switch to Script 3 or 4.
Students with extended breaks or breaks as needed who While students are testing, do the following:
test with standard time should be tested with Script 1. • Post the start and stop times.
To help you post accurate start and stop times, use the • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
Section Timing Chart for Standard Time with Extra working on the correct section.
Breaks in the Appendix. • Complete the seating chart on the back of this
manual to indicate the distribution of test books.

SECTION 1: During the First Half of the Section

Reading Test After 15 minutes, say:

55 MINUTES STANDARD TIME WITH EXTRA BREAKS You have 40 minutes remaining in Section 1 and
28 Minutes 5-Minute Break 27 Minutes 13 minutes until the break.

IMPORTANT: Do not admit any students who arrive at this

After 23 minutes, say:
point. Send these students to the test coordinator.
You have 32 minutes remaining in Section 1 and
When everyone is ready, say: 5 minutes until the break.

We’ll start testing with Section 1, the Reading Test.

Once we begin, you’ll have 55 minutes to work on After exactly 28 minutes, say:
Section 1. We’ll stop for a short break after 28 minutes, Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
and then you’ll continue with Section 1. I will post the
start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re
To all students, say:
about halfway through the section and when 5 minutes
are left. Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
where you stopped working. Close your test book and
Please open your answer sheet to Section 1. [pause]
leave it on your desk.
Don’t start work until I tell you to. Keep your answer
sheet and test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages
back. Be sure to mark your answers in Section 1 of the For the break, say:
answer sheet and check that your answers are in the
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
right spaces for each numbered question. If you skip a
questions during the break or leave the testing room
question to come back to it later, make sure you leave
without permission.
that line blank on the answer sheet. If you change your
response, erase it as completely as possible. We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 73

Part
2 Standard Time with Extra Breaks Script 2 Section 2

5-MINUTE BREAK For the break, say:

Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
We’ll stop now for a 5-minute break. Please listen
resume.
carefully to these rules:
At the end of the break, say: • Don’t discuss the test questions with anyone or
access any kind of electronic device during this break
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
or any other break during the test.
until I tell you to. [pause]
• If you need to leave the room, only go to designated
During the Second Half of the Section areas, the hallway, or the restroom.
• Snacks and drinks are only allowed in designated areas.
When everyone is ready, say:
• Please be considerate of students working in other
We’re now going to continue with Section 1. You have rooms and don’t talk in the hallway.
an additional 27 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
5-MINUTE BREAK
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your • Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume.
desk, and continue working where you left off.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books are
closed and that answer sheets are inside the test books.
To continue the test, say:

Time starts now. At the end of the break, say:

Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
until I tell you to.
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

27 MINUTES STANDARD TIME — EXTRA BREAKS

SECTION 2:
START TIME STOP TIME
Writing and Language Test
• Post the start and stop times. STANDARD TIME WITH EXTRA BREAKS
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is 30 Minutes
working on the correct section.
When everyone is ready, say:
After 15 minutes (from the break), say:
We’ll continue testing with Section 2, the Writing and
You have 12 minutes remaining in Section 1. Language Test. Once we begin, you’ll have 30 minutes to
work on Section 2. I’ll post the start and stop times, and
After 22 minutes (from the break), say: I’ll let you know when we’re about halfway through the
section and when 5 minutes are left.
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 1.
Find Section 2 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book
After exactly 27 minutes (from the break), say:
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause] mark your answers in Section 2 of the answer sheet and
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each
After Section 1 numbered question.
To all students, say: If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
in this section, but you may not go to any other section
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
of the test.
where you stopped working. Close your test book and
leave it on your desk. Now, open your test book to Section 2. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work.

74 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 2 Section 3 Standard Time with Extra Breaks 2

To begin the test, say:

5-MINUTE BREAK
Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
Time starts now.
resume.

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS At the end of the break, say:

Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
30 MINUTES STANDARD TIME — EXTRA BREAKS until I tell you to.
START TIME STOP TIME

• Post the start and stop times. SECTION 3:

• Walk around the room to check that everyone is Math Test – No Calculator
working on the correct section.
STANDARD TIME WITH EXTRA BREAKS
During the Section 20 Minutes

After 15 minutes, say: IMPORTANT: If a student is approved to use a 4-function

You have 15 minutes remaining in Section 2. calculator on this section as an accommodation, confirm
it isn’t a scientific or graphing calculator. (Percentage and
square root functions are permitted.)
After 25 minutes, say:

You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 2. When everyone is ready, say:

We’ll continue testing with Section 3, the Math

After exactly 30 minutes, say: Test without Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have
20 minutes to work on Section 3. We’ll have a short
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
break after the section is over. I will post the start and
stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about
After Section 2
halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are
To all students, say: left.
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
where you stopped working. Close your test book and To all students, say:
leave it on your desk. Find Section 3 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book
A FOR STUDENTS WITH MATH-ONLY EXTENDED flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
TIME mark your answers in Section 3 of the answer sheet and
• For students testing with time and one-half for math, check that your answers are in the right spaces for each
turn to Script 3, Break Before Section 3 on page 80.
numbered question.
• For students testing with double time for math, turn
to Script 4, Break Before Section 3 for Math-Only Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few
Extended Time on page 87. questions are student-produced responses. Directions
for filling in your answers to these questions are in
B FOR ALL OTHER STUDENTS
your test book. You’ll never need more than 4 spaces to
Continue with the script that follows. record your answer, although some answers might not
Break Before Section 3 use all 4 spaces.

For the break, say: If any students in the room are approved to record
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
their final answers for the student-produced responses.
questions during the break or leave the testing room
without permission.
We will start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 75

Part
2 Standard Time with Extra Breaks Script 2 Section 4

To all students, say: For the break, say:

Although this is a math section, you’re not allowed We will stop now for a short break. For the break, if
to use a calculator on this portion of the test. Please you brought a snack, you may eat it in designated areas
keep your calculator under your desk unless you only. As before, if you need to leave the room, don’t go
are approved to use a 4-function calculator as an anywhere other than designated areas, the hallway, or
accommodation. the restroom. Don’t talk in the hallway, discuss the test
questions with anyone, or access any type of electronic
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
device during the break.
on this section, but you may not go to any other section
of the test. We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
Now, open your test book to Section 3. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work. 5-MINUTE BREAK
• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume.
To begin the test, say:
• Walk around the room to check that all test books
Time starts now. are closed and that answer sheets are inside the test
books.

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

At the end of the break, say:

20 MINUTES STANDARD TIME — EXTRA BREAKS Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
until I tell you to.
START TIME STOP TIME

• Post the start and stop times.

SECTION 4:
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section and no calculators are Math Test – Calculator
on desks (unless a student has an accommodation to 40 MINUTES STANDARD TIME WITH EXTRA BREAKS
use a calculator).
20 Minutes 5-Minute Break 20 Minutes
During the Section
If your school is providing calculators to students,
After 10 minutes, say: distribute them now.

You have 10 minutes remaining in Section 3. When students are ready, say:

We’ll continue testing with Section 4, the Math Test

After 15 minutes, say:
with Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have 40 minutes
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 3. to work on Section 4. We’ll stop for a short break after
20 minutes, and then you’ll continue with Section 4. I’ll
post the start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when
After exactly 20 minutes, say:
we’re about halfway through the time before the break
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause] and again when 5 minutes are left.

After Section 3 To all students, say:

To all students, say:
You may use a calculator for this section. If you have
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book a calculator, please remove any cover and put the
where you stopped working. Close your test book and calculator on your desk now. Keep the calculator cover
leave it on your desk. on the floor under your desk during testing. [pause]
Even though you’re allowed to use a calculator for this
section, all the questions can be answered without a

76 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 2 Section 4 Standard Time with Extra Breaks 2

calculator. If you use a calculator, remember to follow During the First Half of the Section
these guidelines:
After 10 minutes, say:
• Keep your calculator flat on your desk or hold it so
that other students can’t view your work. You have 30 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
10 minutes until the break.
• Do not share or exchange your calculator.
• If you have a backup calculator or batteries, keep
After 15 minutes, say:
them on the floor under your desk.
• If your calculator malfunctions and you have You have 25 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
batteries or a backup calculator, raise your hand. I’ll 5 minutes until the break.
come over to assist you. If you do not have a backup,
continue the test and do the best you can. After exactly 20 minutes, say:
Find Section 4 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
until I tell you to. [pause] Keep your answer sheet and
test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be
To all students, say:
sure to mark your answers in Section 4 of the answer
sheet and check that your answers are in the right Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
spaces for each numbered question. where you stopped working. Close your test book and
leave it on your desk.
Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few
questions are student-produced responses. Fill these out
just like you did with the last section. For the break, say:

You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test

If any students in the room are approved to record
questions during the break or leave the testing room
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
their final answers for the student-produced responses. without permission.
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
To all students, say:

If you finish before I call time, you may check your work 5-MINUTE BREAK
in this section, but you may not go to any other section Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
of the test. resume.
Now, open your test book to Section 4. [pause] Read the
At the end of the break, say:
directions and begin work.
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
To begin the test, say: until I tell you to. [pause]

Time starts now. During the Second Half of the Section

When everyone is ready, say:
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
We’re now going to continue with Section 4. You have
20 MINUTES STANDARD TIME — EXTRA BREAKS an additional 20 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
START TIME STOP TIME in the section and when 5 minutes are left.

• Post the start and stop times. Open your test book to the page where you inserted
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section.
desk, and continue working where you left off.

To continue the test, say:

Time starts now.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 77

Part
2 Time and One-Half Script 3 Section 1

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS SCRIPT 3:
20 MINUTES STANDARD TIME — EXTRA BREAKS
Time and One-Half
The following script is for time and one-half test takers.
START TIME STOP TIME
• Begin with this script if you are testing students
• Post the start and stop times. approved for time and one-half in reading, including
EL time and one-half support. These students receive
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is time and one-half for the entire test.
working on the correct section.
• If you are testing students with math-only extended
After 10 minutes (from the break), say: time, begin with the appropriate standard time script
(Script 1, or Script 2 for students approved to test
You have 10 minutes remaining in Section 4. with standard time and extra breaks). You will be
instructed when to return to this script.
After 15 minutes (from the break), say: To help you post accurate start and stop times, use the
Section Timing Chart for Time and One-Half in the
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 4.
Appendix.

After exactly 20 minutes (from the break), say:

SECTION 1:
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
Reading Test
After Section 4 83 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF
42 Minutes 5-Minute Break 41 Minutes
To all students, say:

Close your answer sheet so that page 1 is on top. Close IMPORTANT: Do not admit any students who arrive at this
your test book. [pause] point. Send these students to the test coordinator.

When everyone is ready, say:

When everyone is ready, say:

Before I collect your test materials, please turn your We’ll start testing with Section 1, the Reading Test. Once
answer sheet over. If you’re using a large-print answer we begin, you’ll have 83 minutes to work on Section 1.
sheet, turn to page 7. Check that you have filled in the We’ll stop for a short break after 42 minutes, and then
Form Code in field A. This Form Code is required for you’ll continue with Section 1. I will post the start and
scoring your test. [pause] Check that you have also stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about
completed fields B and C. Please raise your hand if you halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are left.
need help completing any fields. [pause] Please open your answer sheet to Section 1. [pause]
Don’t start work until I tell you to. Keep your answer
Students testing with alternate test formats should use the sheet and test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages
codes from those formats, not the subtitled test book. back. Be sure to mark your answers in Section 1 of the
answer sheet and check that your answers are in the
Proceed to Dismissal on page 102 for the collection of
right spaces for each numbered question. If you skip a
test books and other test materials.
question to come back to it later, make sure you leave
that line blank on the answer sheet. If you change your
response, erase it as completely as possible.
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
in this section, but you may not go to any other section
of the test. You won’t lose points for incorrect answers,
so try to answer every question, even if you’re not sure
of the correct answer.
Now, open your test book to Section 1. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work. Good luck, everyone.

78 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 3 Section 1 Time and One-Half 2

To begin the test, say: At the end of the break, say:

Time starts now. Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
until I tell you to. [pause]
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
During the Second Half of the Section
42 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF When everyone is ready, say:

START TIME STOP TIME We’re now going to continue with Section 1. You have
an additional 41 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
While students are testing, do the following: when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
• Post the start and stop times. in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is Open your test book to the page where you inserted
working on the correct section. your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your
• Complete the seating chart on the back of this desk, and continue working where you left off.
manual to indicate the distribution of test books.

During the First Half of the Section To continue the test, say:

After 22 minutes, say: Time starts now.

You have 61 minutes remaining in Section 1 and

20 minutes until the break. RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

41 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF

After 37 minutes, say:

You have 46 minutes remaining in Section 1 and START TIME STOP TIME
5 minutes until the break.
• Post the start and stop times.
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
After exactly 42 minutes, say:
working on the correct section.
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
After 21 minutes (from the break), say:

To all students, say: You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 1.

Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book

where you stopped working. Close your test book and After 36 minutes (from the break), say:
leave it on your desk. You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 1.

For the break, say: After exactly 41 minutes (from the break), say:
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
questions during the break or leave the testing room
without permission. After Section 1
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes. To all students, say:

5-MINUTE BREAK Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
where you stopped working. Close your test book and
Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
leave it on your desk.
resume.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 79

Part
2 Time and One-Half Script 3 Section 2

For the break, say: To begin the test, say:

We’ll stop now for a 5-minute break. Please listen Time starts now.
carefully to these rules:
• Don’t discuss the test questions with anyone or RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
access any kind of electronic device during this break
or any other break during the test. 45 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF
• If you need to leave the room, only go to designated
areas, the hallway, or the restroom. START TIME STOP TIME

• Snacks and drinks are only allowed in designated areas. • Post the start and stop times.
• Please be considerate of students working in other • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
rooms and don’t talk in the hallway. working on the correct section.
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes. During the Section

5-MINUTE BREAK After 25 minutes, say:

• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 2.
will resume.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books are After 40 minutes, say:
closed and that answer sheets are inside the test books.
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 2.
At the end of the break, say:
After exactly 45 minutes, say:
Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
until I tell you to. Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]

Break Before Section 3

SECTION 2:
To all students, say:
Writing and Language Test
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
TIME AND ONE-HALF where you stopped working. Close your test book and
45 Minutes leave it on your desk.

When everyone is ready, say:

For the break, say:
We’ll continue testing with Section 2, the Writing and
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
Language Test. Once we begin, you’ll have 45 minutes to
questions during the break or leave the testing room
work on Section 2. I’ll post the start and stop times, and
without permission.
I’ll let you know when we’re about halfway through the
section and when 5 minutes are left. We will start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.

Find Section 2 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work

5-MINUTE BREAK
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
mark your answers in Section 2 of the answer sheet and resume.
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each
numbered question. At the end of the break, say:

If you finish before I call time, you may check your work Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
in this section, but you may not go to any other section until I tell you to.
of the test.
Now, open your test book to Section 2. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work.

80 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 3 Section 3 Time and One-Half 2

SECTION 3: To begin the test, say:

Math Test – No Calculator Time starts now.
TIME AND ONE-HALF
30 Minutes RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

IMPORTANT: If a student is approved to use a 4-function 30 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF

calculator on this section as an accommodation, confirm
it isn’t a scientific or graphing calculator. (Percentage and START TIME STOP TIME
square root functions are permitted.)
• Post the start and stop times.
When everyone is ready, say: • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section and no calculators are
We’ll continue testing with Section 3, the Math on desks (unless a student has an accommodation to
Test without Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have use a calculator).
30 minutes to work on Section 3. We’ll have a short
break after the section is over. I will post the start and During the Section
stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about After 15 minutes, say:
halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are left.
You have 15 minutes remaining in Section 3.
To all students, say:
After 25 minutes, say:
Find Section 3 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 3.
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
mark your answers in Section 3 of the answer sheet and After exactly 30 minutes, say:
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each
numbered question. Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]

Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few After Section 3
questions are student-produced responses. Directions for
filling in your answers to these questions are in your test To all students, say:
book. You’ll never need more than 4 spaces to record your Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
answer, although some answers might not use all 4 spaces. where you stopped working. Close your test book and
leave it on your desk.
If any students in the room are approved to record
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
their final answers for the student-produced responses. For the break, say:

We will stop now for a short break. For the break, if

To all students, say:
you brought a snack, you may eat it in designated areas
Although this is a math section, you’re not allowed to only. As before, if you need to leave the room, don’t go
use a calculator on this portion of the test. Please keep anywhere other than designated areas, the hallway, or
your calculator under your desk unless you are approved the restroom. Don’t talk in the hallway, discuss the test
to use a 4-function calculator as an accommodation. questions with anyone, or access any type of electronic
device during the break.
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
on this section, but you may not go to any other section We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
of the test.
Now, open your test book to Section 3. [pause] Read the 5-MINUTE BREAK
directions and begin work. • Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books are
closed and that answer sheets are inside the test books.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 81

Part
2 Time and One-Half Script 3 Section 4

Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few

At the end of the break, say:
questions are student-produced responses. Fill these out
Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test just like you did with the last section.
until I tell you to.
If any students in the room are approved to record
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
SECTION 4: their final answers for the student-produced responses.

Math Test – Calculator To all students, say:

60 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
30 Minutes 5-Minute Break 30 Minutes in this section, but you may not go to any other section
of the test.
If your school is providing calculators to students,
distribute them now. Now, open your test book to Section 4. [pause] Read the
directions and begin work.
When students are ready, say:

We’ll continue testing with Section 4, the Math Test To begin the test, say:
with Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have 60 minutes
Time starts now.
to work on Section 4. We’ll stop for a short break after
30 minutes, and then you’ll continue with Section 4. I’ll
post the start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
we’re about halfway through the time before the break
and again when 5 minutes are left. 30 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF

START TIME STOP TIME

To all students, say:

You may use a calculator for this section. If you have • Post the start and stop times.
a calculator, please remove any cover and put the • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
calculator on your desk now. Keep the calculator cover working on the correct section.
on the floor under your desk during testing. [pause]
During the First Half of the Section
Even though you’re allowed to use a calculator for this
After 15 minutes, say:
section, all the questions can be answered without a
calculator. If you use a calculator, remember to follow You have 45 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
these guidelines: 15 minutes until the break.
• Keep your calculator flat on your desk or hold it so
that other students can’t view your work. After 25 minutes, say:
• Do not share or exchange your calculator. You have 35 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
• If you have a backup calculator or batteries, keep 5 minutes until the break.
them on the floor under your desk.
• If your calculator malfunctions and you have After exactly 30 minutes, say:
batteries or a backup calculator, raise your hand. I’ll
come over to assist you. If you do not have a backup, Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
continue the test and do the best you can.
To all students, say:
Find Section 4 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. [pause] Keep your answer sheet and Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be where you stopped working. Close your test book and
sure to mark your answers in Section 4 of the answer leave it on your desk.
sheet and check that your answers are in the right
spaces for each numbered question.

82 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 4 Double Time 2

For the break, say:

After Section 4
To all students, say:
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
questions during the break or leave the testing room Close your answer sheet so that page 1 is on top. Close
without permission. your test book. [pause]
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
When everyone is ready, say:
5-MINUTE BREAK Before I collect your test materials, please turn your
Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will answer sheet over. If you’re using a large-print answer
resume. sheet, turn to page 7. Check that you have filled in the
Form Code in field A. This Form Code is required for
At the end of the break, say: scoring your test. [pause] Check that you have also
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test completed fields B and C. Please raise your hand if you
until I tell you to. [pause] need help completing any fields. [pause]

During the Second Half of the Section Students testing with alternate test formats should use the
codes from those formats, not the subtitled test book.
When everyone is ready, say:
Proceed to Dismissal on page 102 for the collection of
We’re now going to continue with Section 4. You have test books and other test materials.
an additional 30 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
SCRIPT 4:
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your Double Time
desk, and continue working where you left off. The following script is for double time test takers.

• Use this entire script for students approved for

To continue the test, say: double time in reading.
Time starts now. • If you are testing students with math-only extended
time, turn to the appropriate Standard Time script
(Script 1 or Script 2). You’ll be instructed when to
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS turn to this script.
To help you post accurate start and stop times, use the
30 MINUTES TIME AND ONE-HALF
Section Timing Chart for Double Time in the Appendix.
START TIME STOP TIME
To all students, say:
• Post the start and stop times. Today you will be completing the Reading Test and the
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is Writing and Language Test. We will complete the rest of
working on the correct section. the PSAT 8/9 tomorrow.

After 15 minutes (from the break), say: IMPORTANT: When you record the distribution of test books
You have 15 minutes remaining in Section 4. on your seating chart (while students are working on
Section 1), be sure to also include student names. You’ll
need the names for seating students on Day 2 of testing.
After 25 minutes (from the break), say:

You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 4.

After exactly 30 minutes (from the break), say:

Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 83

Part
2 Double Time Script 4 Section 1

During the First Half of the Section

SECTION 1:
Reading Test After 25 minutes, say:

110 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME

You have 85 minutes remaining in Section 1 and
30 minutes until the break.
55 Minutes 5-Minute Break 55 Minutes

IMPORTANT: Do not admit any students who arrive at this After 50 minutes, say:
point. Send these students to the test coordinator.
You have 60 minutes remaining in Section 1 and
5 minutes until the break.
When everyone is ready, say:

We’ll start testing with Section 1, the Reading Test. Once

After exactly 55 minutes, say:
we begin, you’ll have 110 minutes to work on Section 1.
We’ll stop for a short break after 55 minutes, and then Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
you’ll continue with Section 1. I will post the start and
stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about To all students, say:
halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are left.
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
Please open your answer sheet to Section 1. [pause] where you stopped working. Close your test book and
Don’t start work until I tell you to. Keep your answer leave it on your desk.
sheet and test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages
back. Be sure to mark your answers in Section 1 of the
For the break, say:
answer sheet and check that your answers are in the
right spaces for each numbered question. If you skip a You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
question to come back to it later, make sure you leave questions during the break or leave the testing room
that line blank on the answer sheet. If you change your without permission.
response, erase it as completely as possible.
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
in this section, but you may not go to any other section 5-MINUTE BREAK
of the test. You won’t lose points for incorrect answers,
Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
so try to answer every question, even if you’re not sure
resume.
of the correct answer.
Now, open your test book to Section 1. [pause] Read the At the end of the break, say:
directions and begin work. Good luck, everyone. Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
until I tell you to. [pause]
To begin the test, say:
During the Second Half of the Section
Time starts now.
When everyone is ready, say:

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS We’re now going to continue with Section 1. You have
an additional 55 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
55 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
START TIME STOP TIME
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
While students are testing, do the following: your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your
• Post the start and stop times. desk, and continue working where you left off.
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section. To continue the test, say:
• Complete the seating chart on the back of this Time starts now.
manual to indicate the distribution of test books.

84 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 4 Section 2 Double Time 2

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS At the end of the break, say:

Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
55 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
until I tell you to.
START TIME STOP TIME

• Post the start and stop times. SECTION 2:

• Walk around the room to check that everyone is Writing and Language Test
working on the correct section.
DOUBLE TIME
After 25 minutes (from the break), say: 60 Minutes

You have 30 minutes remaining in Section 1.

When everyone is ready, say:

After 50 minutes (from the break), say: We’ll continue testing with Section 2, the Writing and
Language Test. Once we begin, you’ll have 60 minutes to
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 1. work on Section 2. I’ll post the start and stop times, and
I’ll let you know when we’re about halfway through the
After exactly 55 minutes (from the break), say: section and when 5 minutes are left.

Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause] Find Section 2 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book
After Section 1 flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
mark your answers in Section 2 of the answer sheet and
To all students, say: check that your answers are in the right spaces for each
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book numbered question.
where you stopped working. Close your test book and If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
leave it on your desk. in this section, but you may not go to any other section
of the test.
For the break, say:
Now, open your test book to Section 2. [pause] Read the
We’ll stop now for a 5-minute break. Please listen directions and begin work.
carefully to these rules:
• Don’t discuss the test questions with anyone or To begin the test, say:
access any kind of electronic device during this break
Time starts now.
or any other break during the test.
• If you need to leave the room, only go to designated
areas, the hallway, or the restroom. RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

• Snacks and drinks are only allowed in designated areas.

60 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
• Please be considerate of students working in other
rooms and don’t talk in the hallway. START TIME STOP TIME

We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes. • Post the start and stop times.
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
5-MINUTE BREAK working on the correct section.
• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume. During the Section
• Walk around the room to check that all test books are After 30 minutes, say:
closed and that answer sheets are inside the test books.
You have 30 minutes remaining in Section 2.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 85

Part
2 Double Time Script 4 Section 2

After 55 minutes, say: Day 2 of Testing

Admitting Students
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 2.
Follow regular security procedures, including school-
allowed procedures for collecting electronic devices. Seat
After exactly 60 minutes, say: students in the same seats according to your seating
chart from Day 1.
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
Preparing to Test
End of Day 1 of Testing When everyone is ready, say:
To all students, say: Welcome back. Now we’re going to prepare to continue
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book the test.
where you stopped working. Close your test book and • Remove everything from your desk except your
leave it on your desk. Number 2 pencils, acceptable calculator, backup
calculator if you have one, and any items you’re
Collecting Test Materials approved to use as an accommodation. If you’re
using printed test directions or a word-to-word
To students concluding Day 1 of testing, say:
dictionary, keep those items on your desk as well.
This concludes Day 1 of testing. I will now collect your test • Place any water bottles and snacks under your desk.
materials. Please remain in your seats until I dismiss you. If you have any bags or backpacks remaining at your
desk, close them and put them to the side of the
Keep students seated until you have collected an answer room until testing is over. [pause]
sheet and a test book from each student. Collect the
answer sheets and test materials, including any scratch Please sit quietly while I take a moment and make sure
paper, translated test directions, or word-to-word everyone has an acceptable calculator. [pause]
dictionaries, from each student in the same order you
used to distribute them. Ensure that the answer sheet As before, walk around to check each student’s
and any test-related materials are kept inside each test calculator(s) and to make sure no one has any
book so student materials remain together. unauthorized aids or devices on their desks. (The
NAR will indicate if an aid has been approved as an
In the following script, fill in the time students should
accommodation.) See Prohibited Devices and Aids on
report for testing on Day 2.
page 21 for a list of prohibited devices and aids.
After you have collected all answer sheets and test
Then say:
materials, say:
Now, place your calculators under your desks. You won’t
Remember, you should not, under any circumstances,
need them until a later section. [pause]
take any test content from the testing room or discuss
or share test content with anyone through any means, Please sit quietly while I distribute your test materials.
including email, text messages, or the internet. Thank When you receive them, please check to make sure they
you for your cooperation. When you return to the are yours. Raise your hand if the answer sheet or test
testing room tomorrow, remember to bring your book does not display your name.
earphones, acceptable calculator, and Number 2 pencils
with soft erasers. We begin Day 2 of testing at _______. Distribute test materials, taking care that all students
receive the materials that belong to them.
Please gather your belongings and exit the room quietly.
IMPORTANT: Skip forward to Section 3: Math Test – No
Return any collected devices to students. Store test Calculator for your 2-day testers.
materials securely until the second day of testing.

86 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 4 Section 3 Double Time 2

Break Before Section 3 for If any students in the room are approved to record
Math-Only Extended Time answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
their final answers for the student-produced responses.
For the break, say:
To all students, say:
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
questions during the break or leave the testing room Although this is a math section, you’re not allowed to
without permission. use a calculator on this portion of the test. Please keep
your calculator under your desk unless you are approved
We will start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
to use a 4-function calculator as an accommodation.

5-MINUTE BREAK If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
on this section, but you may not go to any other section
Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will
of the test.
resume.
Now, open your test book to Section 3. [pause] Read the
At the end of the break, say: directions and begin work.
Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
until I tell you to. To begin the test, say:

Time starts now.

SECTION 3:
Math Test – No Calculator RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

DOUBLE TIME 40 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME

40 Minutes
START TIME STOP TIME
IMPORTANT: If a student is approved to use a 4-function
calculator on this section as an accommodation, confirm • Post the start and stop times.
it isn’t a scientific or graphing calculator. (Percentage and • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
square root functions are permitted.) working on the correct section and no calculators are
on desks (unless a student has an accommodation to
When everyone is ready, say: use a calculator).

We’ll continue testing with Section 3, the Math During the Section
Test without Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have After 20 minutes, say:
40 minutes to work on Section 3. We’ll have a short
break after the section is over. I will post the start and You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 3.
stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about
halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are left. After 35 minutes, say:

You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 3.

To all students, say:

Find Section 3 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work After exactly 40 minutes, say:
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
mark your answers in Section 3 of the answer sheet and
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each After Section 3
numbered question. To all students, say:
Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
questions are student-produced responses. Directions for where you stopped working. Close your test book and
filling in your answers to these questions are in your test leave it on your desk.
book. You’ll never need more than 4 spaces to record your
answer, although some answers might not use all 4 spaces.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 87

Part
2 Double Time Script 4 Section 4

calculator. If you use a calculator, remember to follow

For the break, say:
these guidelines:
We will stop now for a short break. For the break, if • Keep your calculator flat on your desk or hold it so
you brought a snack, you may eat it in designated areas that other students can’t view your work.
only. As before, if you need to leave the room, don’t go
anywhere other than designated areas, the hallway, or
• Do not share or exchange your calculator.
the restroom. Don’t talk in the hallway, discuss the test • If you have a backup calculator or batteries, keep
questions with anyone, or access any type of electronic them on the floor under your desk.
device during the break. • If your calculator malfunctions and you have
batteries or a backup calculator, raise your hand. I’ll
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
come over to assist you. If you do not have a backup,
continue the test and do the best you can.
5-MINUTE BREAK
Find Section 4 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume.
until I tell you to. [pause] Keep your answer sheet and
test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be
• Walk around the room to check that all test books
sure to mark your answers in Section 4 of the answer
are closed and that answer sheets are inside the test
books.
sheet and check that your answers are in the right
spaces for each numbered question.
At the end of the break, say: Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few
Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test questions are student-produced responses. Fill these out
until I tell you to. just like you did with the last section.

If any students in the room are approved to record

answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
SECTION 4: their final answers for the student-produced responses.
Math Test – Calculator
To all students, say:
80 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
40 Minutes 5-Minute Break 40 Minutes If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
in this section, but you may not go to any other section
If your school is providing calculators to students, of the test.
distribute them now.
Now, open your test book to Section 4. [pause] Read the
When students are ready, say: directions and begin work.

We’ll continue testing with Section 4, the Math Test

with Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have 80 minutes To begin the test, say:
to work on Section 4. We’ll stop for a short break after Time starts now.
40 minutes, and then you’ll continue with Section 4. I’ll
post the start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when
we’re about halfway through the time before the break RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

and again when 5 minutes are left.

40 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME

To all students, say: START TIME STOP TIME

You may use a calculator for this section. If you have
• Post the start and stop times.
a calculator, please remove any cover and put the
calculator on your desk now. Keep the calculator cover • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section.
on the floor under your desk during testing. [pause]
Even though you’re allowed to use a calculator for this
section, all the questions can be answered without a

88 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 4 Section 4 Double Time 2

During the First Half of the Section

RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
After 20 minutes, say:
40 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
You have 60 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
20 minutes until the break. START TIME STOP TIME

After 35 minutes, say: • Post the start and stop times.

• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
You have 45 minutes remaining in Section 4 and working on the correct section.
5 minutes until the break.
After 20 minutes (from the break), say:
After exactly 40 minutes, say: You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 4.
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]
After 35 minutes (from the break), say:
To all students, say: You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 4.
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
where you stopped working. Close your test book and After exactly 40 minutes (from the break), say:
leave it on your desk.
Stop work and put your pencil down. [pause]

For the break, say:

After Section 4
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
To all students, say:
questions during the break or leave the testing room
without permission. Close your answer sheet so that page 1 is on top. Close
your test book. [pause]
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.

When everyone is ready, say:

5-MINUTE BREAK
Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing will Before I collect your test materials, please turn your
resume. answer sheet over. If you’re using a large-print answer
sheet, turn to page 7. Check that you have filled in the
At the end of the break, say: Form Code in field A. This Form Code is required for
scoring your test. [pause] Check that you have also
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
completed fields B and C. Please raise your hand if you
until I tell you to. [pause]
need help completing any fields. [pause]

During the Second Half of the Section

Students testing with alternate test formats should use the
When everyone is ready, say: codes from those formats, not the subtitled test book.

We’re now going to continue with Section 4. You have Proceed to Dismissal on page 102 for the collection of
an additional 40 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know test books and other test materials.
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your
desk, and continue working where you left off.

To continue the test, say:

Time starts now.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 89

Part
2 Pre-recorded Audio Format Script 5

SCRIPT 5: If a student raises their hand, help them access the

correct screen.
Pre-recorded When everyone is ready, say:
Audio Format Please follow these instructions:
The following script is for pre-recorded audio format
users. By this time, you should have read the opening 1. Under Assessment Information in the School
scripts to students and distributed their answer sheets (AI) Code field, please add the 6-digit school code
and test books. If you haven’t yet done so, return to ______ . [pause]
Begin Here on Test Day on page 62.
2. From the Assessment Type drop-down menu,
If a student is using a scribe, refer to Specific Format choose PSAT 8/9. [pause]
Instructions on page 68. 3. Under Student Information, please enter your first
and last name. [pause]
A FOR STUDENTS WITH THE TEST FORM ALREADY
DOWNLOADED 4. In the SSD Number field, please fill in the 10-digit
Proceed to Complete Test Information on page 91. number written on the note I gave you. [pause]
B FOR STUDENTS USING FLASH DRIVES 5. Then select the button marked Confirm SSD. A
Proceed to Explain Pre-recorded Audio Navigation on check mark will appear to show that the number is
page 91. confirmed. [pause]
C FOR STUDENTS WHO NEED TO DOWNLOAD THE Confirmation may take a few moments. Once you see a
TEST FORM check mark next to the number, please look up. If you
Continue with the instructions that follow. receive an error message, please try typing the number
again and select Confirm SSD. If you continue to
Start the Streaming Application receive an error message, raise your hand.
At this point, the streaming application should be open
and ready to run on each computer. Before instructing
IMPORTANT: Attempt to resolve any error messages. Ensure
students to begin the form selection process, ensure
the SSD number was copied correctly to the note or index
each computer is displaying the Test Administration
card given to the student and that the student is typing the
screen, where students will input their assessment,
number correctly. You may need to assist students who
student, and form selection information.
are having difficulty. If you need further assistance, call
Give each student a sticky note or index card with their Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support.
10-digit College Board SSD number written on it. They’ll
need this on both days of testing. Fill in the Form Code in the next script. The Form Code
appears on the back center of every test book in your
Fill in the school code in the script before beginning. room. Your test books should say “For Pre-recorded
To help you post accurate start and stop times, use the Audio, Human Reader, Braille, ATC” on the front cover
Section Timing Chart for Pre-recorded Audio (MP3) unless your students are using SAAs. (In that case, you’ll
Format in the Appendix. have standard lime green test books.)

To students accessing the audio streaming Give instructions for starting the test download by
application test form, say: saying:

Today you’ll be taking the test using an audio Now you’ll enter the Form Code so that you can
application. First, you’ll enter some information to download the correct test. In the Form Selection field,
access your test form. type the 7-character code _______ exactly as I have
posted it on the board. [pause]

Confirm that students’ computers display the correct

starting screen by saying: Continue by saying:

Your screen should display Assessment Information at Follow these instructions:

the top. Please raise your hand if that is not what you 1. From the Test Day drop-down menu on the right of
see on the screen. the form name, select Day 1. [pause]

90 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 5 Pre-recorded Audio Format 2

2. Select the Continue button. [pause]

For field C, Test Book Serial Number, say:
3. Take a moment to check your Assessment
Look at the front cover of your test book. Find the number
Information and Student Information on the
in the upper right corner labeled “Test Book Serial
screen. If any information is incorrect, use the Edit
Number.” Enter your serial number into field C on your
button on the bottom left to go back to the prior
answer sheet and fill in the corresponding bubbles. [pause]
screen and make changes. If all information is
correct, select the Confirm button. [pause] Check that students are copying the Test Book Serial
4. After confirming, you may select Begin Form Number from the test book.
Download. [pause]
Have students check the codes they’ve entered by
5. At this point I want everyone to stop and wait while saying:
your form downloads. When the Begin Test button
To prevent problems with getting your scores, check the
appears, do not select it until I tell you to. [pause]
Form Code, Test ID, and Test Book Serial Number fields
This step may take a few minutes. Once the form has to make sure you entered them correctly.
finished downloading to your computer, access to
other applications will be disabled. While the test is IMPORTANT: If your school doesn’t use testing room codes,
downloading, we’ll start filling in the answer sheet. The instruct students to leave field D blank.
screen containing your test information will remain
visible and will help you complete some fields. If your school uses testing room codes, for field D, say:

Walk around the room to confirm that all students have In field D on your answer sheet, fill in the 3-digit testing
selected the correct test form. room code that I have posted. [pause]

Complete Test Information Explain Pre-recorded

IMPORTANT: For the next set of instructions, students must Audio Navigation
correctly copy codes from their test materials onto the
back of their answer sheets (fields A–C as prompted in the To all pre-recorded audio format users, say:
scripts); without this information, their answer sheets
The test has been set up on your computer. Do not start
can’t be scored.
until I tell you to. I will review the navigation with you now.
For fields A and B, check that students are filling in the
I have written the keyboard and other navigation
correct codes from their screens, not from the test book.
commands on the board and will go over them now.
Be prepared to assist any students who are unable to
read the screen. When we start testing, your screen will display a list of
all the tracks for the test section being played. The list is
For field A, Form Code, say: organized by track number, and each track has a brief
descriptive title. Each test question will be on a separate
Find field A on the back of your answer sheet. If you’re track, and when a track is playing, it’s highlighted.
using a large-print answer sheet, field A is on page 7. Find
the Form Code on your screen under Form Information. You may use your mouse to navigate. If you’re using a
Copy the 7-chararacter code exactly as it appears on PC or Chromebook, you can also navigate by using your
your screen into field A on your answer sheet, and fill in keyboard’s Control key; if you’re using a Mac, you’ll use
the appropriate bubbles. Look up when you’re finished. the Command key.
[pause] • Use Control-P or Command-P to play or pause the
audio. You can also select the Play or Pause icon at
For field B, Test ID, say: the bottom of the screen.
• To change the volume, select and drag the Volume
Find field B below field A. Find the Test ID on your
Control Slider.
screen under Form Information. Copy the Test ID
exactly as it appears on your screen into field B on your • To skip back to a previous track, press Control-B or
answer sheet, and fill in the appropriate bubbles. Look Command-B.
up when you’re finished. [pause] • To skip forward to the next track, press Control-F or
Command-F.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 91

Part
2 Pre-recorded Audio Format Script 5

• To move forward and backward within a track, click To all students, say:
on the Timeline Ribbon at the bottom of the screen.
Double-click on the track to start it over. We’re going to listen to the test introduction now. Plug
in your earphones, but don’t put them on just yet. When
There are no fast forward or rewind buttons. The audio
I tell you to start the test directions, put them on to hear
recording will play continuously through the entire test
the introduction. If you need assistance at any point, raise
section unless you manually pause it, and it will stop
your hand. Once you have listened to the introduction,
automatically at the end of the last track for the section.
select Pause or press Command-P or Control-P to pause,
take off your earphones, and look up to signal that you are
IMPORTANT: Skip the following script if your students are
ready to continue. Now put on your earphones and select
testing with the audio streaming application.
Test Directions to hear the introduction. [pause]

To students using flash drives, say: Assist any students whose volume is off, too low, or too
If you are using a Chromebook, please listen to these high.
additional directions:
When all students are finished listening to the
• To start a section on a Chromebook, select the directions, signal them to remove their earphones,
section folder, then highlight all the tracks using and say:
Control-A.
Select the square Stop button. This will take you back to
• Use the mouse and Timeline Ribbon to go forward the list of test sections.
and back.
• All other navigation commands work as I have
Give final instructions before beginning the test by
posted them.
saying:

You’ll begin the test in just a few minutes, after I read a

To all students, explain procedure by saying:
few final instructions.
If your section ends before I call time, you can return to
During testing, keep your answer sheet and test book
any tracks within the section to review your work, but
flat on your desk. If you find something wrong with
you may not navigate to any other section of the test. If
your answer sheet or test book, such as a missing page,
you need help at any point, raise your hand.
or if you realize that you have been writing answers in
During the test, I will flick the lights or tap your shoulder the wrong section of your answer sheet, raise your hand.
whenever I post the time remaining or to signal that it’s
Answer sheets and test books must never be removed
time to stop and take off your earphones. When it’s time
from the testing room.
to pause, select Pause and take your earphones off so you
can hear my directions. At that point, if the section is The test is timed by section. You’ll have breaks during
ended, I’ll tell you to select Stop. Are there any questions the test when you can leave this room to have a snack or
about the information that I have just read? [pause] use the restroom.
I’ll walk around the room to make sure everyone is
Answer all questions about procedure, and then continue
with the script. working on the correct section. For the PSAT 8/9,
you can only work on 1 section at a time. You are not
IMPORTANT: Skip the next script if your students are using allowed to move to the next section until you’re told to
flash drives. do so. This may be different from what you’re used to, so
make sure not to move ahead or look back to a previous
To all students using the streaming application, say: section, even if you finish the current section early.
Select Begin Test. Then select Yes when the pop-up box Once the test has ended, please stay seated until I
appears. [pause] dismiss you. If you have any questions you may ask
them now. [pause]

92 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 5 Section 1 Pre-recorded Audio Format 2

SECTION 1: To begin the test, say:

Reading Test Time starts now.
110 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
55 Minutes 5-Minute Break 55 Minutes RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

IMPORTANT: Do not admit any students who arrive at this 55 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
point. Send these students to the SSD coordinator.
START TIME STOP TIME
When everyone is ready, say:
While students are testing, do the following:
We’ll start testing with Section 1, the Reading Test.
• Post the start and stop times.
Once we begin, you’ll have 110 minutes to work on
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
Section 1. We’ll stop for a short break after 55 minutes,
working on the correct section.
and then you’ll continue with Section 1. I will post the
start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re • Complete the seating chart on the back of this
manual to indicate the distribution of test books (or,
about halfway through the time before the break and
if applicable, of flash drives). You’ll need student
again when 5 minutes are left before the break. When names for seating students on Day 2 of testing.
I signal you to pause, select Pause and take off your
earphones so that you can hear my directions. During the First Half of the Section
Please open your answer sheet to Section 1. [pause] After 25 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
Don’t start work until I tell you to. Keep your answer students, and say:
sheet and test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages
You have 85 minutes remaining in Section 1 and
back. Be sure to mark your answers in Section 1 of the
30 minutes until the break.
answer sheet and check that your answers are in the
right spaces for each numbered question. If you skip a
question to come back to it later, make sure you leave After 50 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
that line blank on the answer sheet. If you change your students, and say:
response, erase it as completely as possible. You have 60 minutes remaining in Section 1 and
If your last track ends before I call time, you may return 5 minutes until the break.
to any tracks within Section 1 to review your work, but
you may not navigate to any other section. After exactly 55 minutes, signal students to take off
their earphones and say:
If you finish before I call time, you may check your work
in this section, but you may not go to any other section Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the
of the test. You won’t lose points for incorrect answers, desk. [pause]
so try to answer every question, even if you’re not sure
Select Pause. Place your answer sheet on the page in
of the correct answer.
your test book where you stopped working. Close your
test book and leave it on your desk.
To all students, say:

At this point, your computer screen should show a list For the break, say:
of sections. If it doesn’t, please raise your hand.
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
questions during the break or leave the testing room
Help students navigate to the correct screen.
without permission.
Next, say: We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
We’re about to start the test. Now open your test book to
If any students select Stop by accident, tell them that
Section 1 in case you want to refer to it. [pause] When I
after the break they can navigate back to their question
say “Time starts now,” you can put on your earphones, by double-clicking the section and scrolling down to the
double-click Section 1, listen to the directions, and question they’re working on.
begin work. [pause] Good luck, everyone.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 93

Part
2 Pre-recorded Audio Format Script 5 Section 1

5-MINUTE BREAK After exactly 55 minutes (from the break), signal

• Post the break time of 5 minutes, and include what students to take off their earphones and say:
time testing will resume. Students may stand and
Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the
stretch but must ask permission to leave the testing
room. desk. [pause]
• Walk around the room to check all tests are paused, Time is up on Section 1. Click the square Stop button at
all test books are closed, and all answer sheets are the bottom of the window to stop work on Section 1 of
inside the test books. the test.

At the end of the break, say: Make sure all students have stopped work and taken off
their earphones.
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
until I tell you to. [pause] After Section 1
To all students, say:
During the Second Half of the Section
Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book
When everyone is ready, say:
where you stopped working. Close your test book and
We’re now going to continue with Section 1. You have leave it on your desk.
an additional 55 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
For the break, say:
in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
We’ll stop now for a 5-minute break. Please listen
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
carefully to these rules:
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your
desk. When I say “Time starts now,” you can put on • Don’t discuss the test questions with anyone or
your earphones and select Play to resume the question access any kind of electronic device during this break
you were working on. or any other break during the test.
• If you need to leave the room, only go to designated
areas, the hallway, or the restroom.
To continue the test, say:
• Snacks and drinks are only allowed in designated areas.
Time starts now.
• Please be considerate of students working in other
rooms and don’t talk in the hallway.
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
55 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
5-MINUTE BREAK
START TIME STOP TIME
• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume.
• Post the start and stop times.
• Walk around the room to check that all test books
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is are closed and that answer sheets are inside the test
working on the correct section. books.

After 25 minutes (from the break), post the time At the end of the break, say:
remaining, signal students, and say:
Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test
You have 30 minutes remaining in Section 1.
until I tell you to.

After 50 minutes (from the break), post the time

remaining, signal students, and say:

You have 5 minutes remaining in this section.

94 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 5 Section 2 Pre-recorded Audio Format 2

During the First Half of the Section

SECTION 2:
Writing and Language Test After 30 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
students, and say:
105 MINUTES PRE-RECORDED AUDIO TIME
You have 75 minutes remaining in Section 2 and
53 Minutes 5-Minute Break 52 Minutes
23 minutes until the break.

When students are ready, say:

After 48 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
We’ll continue testing with Section 2, the Writing and students, and say:
Language Test. Once we begin, you’ll have 105 minutes
to work on Section 2. We’ll stop for a short break after You have 57 minutes remaining in Section 2 and
53 minutes, and then you’ll continue with Section 2. I’ll 5 minutes until the break.
post the start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when
we’re about halfway through the time before the break After exactly 53 minutes, signal students to take off
and again when 5 minutes are left before the break. their earphones and say:

Find Section 2 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the
until I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book desk. [pause]
flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to
Select Pause. Place your answer sheet on the page in
mark your answers in Section 2 of the answer sheet and
your test book where you stopped working. Close your
check that your answers are in the right spaces for each
test book and leave it on your desk.
numbered question.
If your last track ends before I call time, you may return For the break, say:
to any tracks within Section 2 to review your work, but
you may not navigate to any other section. If you need You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
help at any point, raise your hand. questions during the break or leave the testing room
without permission.
Open your test book to Section 2 in case you need to
refer to it. [pause] Your computer screen should show We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
the list of sections.
If any students select Stop by accident, tell them that
after the break they can navigate back to their question
To all students, say: by double-clicking the section and scrolling down to the
question they’re working on.
When I say “Time starts now,” you can put on your
earphones, double-click Section 2, listen to the 5-MINUTE BREAK
directions, and begin work.
• Post the break time of 5 minutes, and include what time
testing will resume. Students may stand and stretch but
To begin the test, say: must ask permission to leave the testing room.
Time starts now. • Walk around the room to check all tests are paused,
all test books are closed, and all answer sheets are
inside the test books.
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
At the end of the break, say:
53 MINUTES PRE-RECORDED AUDIO TIME
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
START TIME STOP TIME until I tell you to. [pause]

• Post the start and stop times.

• Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 95

Part
2 Pre-recorded Audio Format Script 5 Section 2

During the Second Half of the Section To all students, say:

When everyone is ready, say:
Place your answer sheet inside the front of your test
We’re now going to continue with Section 2. You have book. Close your test book and leave it on your desk.
an additional 52 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know [pause]
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining
This concludes Day 1 of testing. Please remain in your
in the section and when 5 minutes are left.
seat until I dismiss you.
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your IMPORTANT: If you’re testing students with flash drives,
desk. When I say “Time starts now,” you can put on turn to Closing Media Players and Collecting Pre-recorded
your earphones and select Play to resume the question Audio Flash Drives on page 114.
you were working on.
Instruct students to end the test by saying:
To continue the test, say: Move your cursor to the top right of your screen and
Time starts now. click the End Test button. Confirm by clicking End
Test on the pop-up window to close the application.
We’ll restart it on Day 2. Please sit quietly while the test
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS application closes. [pause]

52 MINUTES PRE-RECORDED AUDIO TIME Walk around the room to ensure the streaming
application has been closed on all computers. (The test
START TIME STOP TIME application may take several minutes to close.) Power
down each computer once the application is closed.
• Post the start and stop times.
• Walk around the room to check that everyone is Now say to all students:
working on the correct section.
I will now collect your answer sheet and test book.
After 20 minutes (from the break), post the time Please sit quietly until you are dismissed.
remaining, signal students, and say:
Collect Test Materials and Dismiss Students
You have 32 minutes remaining in Section 2. Walk around the room to collect the answer sheets and
test materials, including any scratch paper, printed test
After 47 minutes (from the break), post the time directions, or word-to-word dictionaries, from each student
remaining, signal students, and say: in the same order you used to distribute them. If students
downloaded test forms themselves, collect the notes or
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 2. pieces of paper with their SSD numbers. They’ll need
these again for the second day of testing. Ensure that the
After exactly 52 minutes (from the break), signal answer sheet and any test-related materials are kept inside
students to take off their earphones and say: each test book so student materials remain together.

Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the In the following script, fill in the time that students
should report for testing on Day 2.
desk. [pause]
Time is up on Section 2. Click the square Stop button at
the bottom of the window to stop work on Section 2 of
the test. [pause]

Make sure all students have stopped work and taken off
their earphones.

96 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 5 Section 2 Pre-recorded Audio Format 2

When all materials are accounted for, say: When everyone is ready, say:

Remember, you should not, under any circumstances, Welcome back. Now we’re going to prepare to continue
take any test questions from the testing room, give them the test.
to anyone, or discuss them with anyone through any • Remove everything from your desk except your
means, including email, text messages, or the internet. Number 2 pencils, acceptable calculator, backup
Thank you for your cooperation. calculator if you have one, and any items you’re
When you return to the testing room tomorrow, approved to use as an accommodation. If you’re
remember to bring your earphones, acceptable using printed test directions or a word-to-word
calculator, and Number 2 pencils that have soft erasers. dictionary, keep those items on your desk as well.
We begin Day 2 testing at __________. • Place any water bottles and snacks under your desk.
If you have any bags or backpacks remaining at your
Please gather your belongings, and exit the room quietly.
desk, close them and put them to the side of the
Return any collected items to students (if all other room until testing is over. [pause]
rooms have begun testing) and dismiss them. The test Please sit quietly while I take a moment and make sure
coordinator will store test materials securely until the everyone has an acceptable calculator. [pause]
second day of testing.
As before, walk around to check each student’s
Day 2 of Testing calculator(s) and to make sure no one has any
Before Admitting Students unauthorized aids or devices on their desks. (The
Before admitting students for Day 2 of testing, do the NAR will indicate if an aid has been approved as
following: an accommodation.) See Check Student Desks for
1. Be sure navigation notes are posted for students to Prohibited Items on page 64 for a list of prohibited
see (as given in Post Information for Students Using devices and aids.
Pre-recorded Audio Format on page 59).
Then say:
2. Power on all computers. Make sure they’re plugged in
and that the volume isn’t muted. Now, place your calculators under your desks. You won’t
3. Turn to the applicable instructions for the students need them until a later section. [pause]
you’re testing:
Please sit quietly while I distribute your test materials.
a. For students using the streaming application, When you receive them, please check to make sure they
follow the same steps as you did on Day 1 under are yours. Raise your hand if the answer sheet, test book,
Administer the Pre-recorded Audio Format on or flash drive packaging does not display your name.
page 59 to prepare the computers for testing.
If your students are downloading the test form Distribute test materials, taking care that all students
themselves, the steps are outlined in the script receive the materials that belong to them.
later in this section.
Before Section 3 for Pre-recorded Audio
b. For students using flash drives, turn to Set Up
Computers for Pre-recorded Audio Flash Drives A FOR STUDENTS WITH THE TEST FORM ALREADY
on page 113. DOWNLOADED
Proceed to Section 3: Math Test – No Calculator on
Admitting Students page 98.
Follow regular security procedures, including school-
B FOR STUDENTS USING FLASH DRIVES
allowed procedures for collecting electronic devices. Seat
students in the same seats according to your seating Proceed to Section 3: Math Test – No Calculator on
chart from Day 1. page 98.

Preparing to Test C FOR STUDENTS WHO NEED TO DOWNLOAD THE

TEST FORM
Before starting the script, check your room roster for
students who need printed directions and/or word-to- Continue with the instructions that follow.
word dictionaries, and distribute them to those students. If students are downloading their own test forms on their
computers, give them the sticky note or index card with
their SSD number that you used for Day 1 of testing.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 97

Part
2 Pre-recorded Audio Format Script 5 Section 3

Make sure that the Form Selection is still posted from bottom left to go back to the prior screen and make
the previous day. (This is the 7-character Form Code changes. If all information is correct, select Confirm.
from the back cover of the test books in your room.)
4. Once you’ve confirmed your information, select
Fill in the school code and the Form Code in the script Begin Form Download. [pause]
before beginning.
5. At this point I want everyone to stop and wait while
Guide students to download the test by saying: your form downloads. When the Begin Test button
appears, do not select it until I tell you to. [pause]
Now you’re going to download your test following the
same steps as yesterday. Please follow these instructions: The screen containing your test information should
remain visible. Access to the internet and other
1. Under Assessment Information in the School
applications will be disabled during the test.
(AI) Code field, please add the 6-digit school code
______. [pause] Walk around the room to confirm that all students have
2. From the Assessment Type drop-down menu, selected the correct test form.
choose PSAT 8/9. [pause]
3. Under Student Information, please enter your first SECTION 3:
and last name. [pause] Math Test – No Calculator
4. In the SSD Number field, please fill in the 10-digit DOUBLE TIME
number written on the note I gave you. [pause] 40 Minutes
5. Then select the button marked Confirm SSD. A
check mark will appear to show that the number is IMPORTANT: If a student is approved to use a 4-function
calculator on this section as an accommodation, confirm
confirmed. [pause]
it isn’t a scientific or graphing calculator. (Percentage and
Confirmation may take a few moments. Once you see a square root functions are permitted.)
check mark next to the number, please look up. If you
receive an error message, please try typing the number Remind students how to use the pre-recorded audio
again and select Confirm SSD. If you continue to streaming application by saying:
receive an error message, raise your hand.
Please plug in your earphones, but don’t put them
on just yet. Your computer should be showing your
IMPORTANT: Attempt to resolve any error messages. Ensure
test information. If it doesn’t, please raise your hand.
the SSD number was copied correctly to the note or piece
Also raise your hand if you need me to review how to
of paper given to the student and that the student is typing
the number correctly. If you need further assistance, call
navigate the test on your computer. [pause]
Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support.
Answer questions about the computer setup and
navigation before continuing. If you need to review
Give instructions for starting the test download by navigation, see Explain Pre-recorded Audio Navigation
saying: on page 91.
In the Form Selection field, type the 7-character code
_______ exactly as I have posted it on the board. [pause] When everyone is ready, say:

We’ll continue testing with Section 3, the Math

Continue by saying: Test without Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have
40 minutes to work on Section 3. We’ll have a short
Follow these instructions: break after the section is over. I will post the start and
1. From the Test Day drop-down menu on the right of the stop times, and I’ll let you know when we’re about
form name, confirm you are testing on Day 2. [pause] halfway through the section and when 5 minutes are left.

2. Select the Continue button. [pause]

3. Take a moment to check your Assessment Information

and Student Information on the screen. If any
information is incorrect, use the Edit button on the

98 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 5 Section 3 Pre-recorded Audio Format 2

To all students, say: RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

Find Section 3 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work until

40 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
I tell you to. Keep your answer sheet and test book flat on
your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be sure to mark your START TIME STOP TIME
answers in Section 3 of the answer sheet and check that your
answers are in the right spaces for each numbered question. • Post the start and stop times.
Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few • Walk around the room to check that everyone
questions are student-produced responses. You’ll is working on the correct section and that no
calculators are on desks (unless a student has an
hear directions for entering your answers, and these
accommodation to use a calculator).
directions are also in your test book. You’ll never need
more than 4 spaces to record your answer, although During the Section
some answers might not use all 4 spaces.
After 20 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
If any students in the room are approved to record students, and say:
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 3.
their final answers for the student-produced responses.

To all students, say: After 35 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
students, and say:
Although this is a math section, you’re not allowed to
use a calculator on this portion of the test. Please keep You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 3.
your calculator under your desk unless you are approved
to use a 4-function calculator as an accommodation. After exactly 40 minutes, signal students to take off
their earphones and say:
If your last track ends before I call time, you may return
to any tracks within Section 3 to review your work, but Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the
you may not navigate to any other section. desk. [pause]
After the Section 3 directions, you’ll see a series Time is up on Section 3. Click the square Stop button at
of reference tracks on your screen. These contain the bottom of the window to stop work on Section 3 of
information you might need to complete the math the test.
questions. You can skip them if you want by scrolling
down to Question 1. Remember, you can go back and Make sure all students have stopped work and taken off
select the reference information if you need it later. their earphones.

After Section 3
IMPORTANT: Skip the next script if your students are using
flash drives. To all students, say:

Place your answer sheet on the page in your test book

To all students using the streaming application, say: where you stopped working. Close your test book and
Select Begin Test. Then select Yes when the pop-up box leave it on your desk.
appears. [pause]
For the break, say:
To all students, say: We will stop now for a short break. For the break, if
Open your test book to Section 3 in case you need to you brought a snack, you may eat it in designated areas
refer to it. [pause] only. As before, if you need to leave the room, don’t go
anywhere other than designated areas, the hallway, or
When I say “Time starts now,” you can put on your the restroom. Don’t talk in the hallway, discuss the test
earphones, double-click Section 3, listen to the questions with anyone, or access any type of electronic
directions, and begin work. device during the break.
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
To begin the test, say:

Time starts now.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 99

Part
2 Pre-recorded Audio Format Script 5 Section 4

5-MINUTE BREAK Find Section 4 on your answer sheet. Don’t start work
until I tell you to. [pause] Keep your answer sheet and
• Post the break time of 5 minutes and the time testing
will resume. test book flat on your desk. Don’t fold pages back. Be
sure to mark your answers in Section 4 of the answer
• Walk around the room to check that all test books
sheet and check that your answers are in the right
are closed and that answer sheets are inside the test
books. spaces for each numbered question.
Most questions are multiple choice, but the last few
At the end of the break, say: questions are student-produced responses. Fill these out
Please take your seat. Don’t open any section of the test just like you did with the last section.
until I tell you to.
If any students in the room are approved to record
answers in the test book, quietly remind them to circle
their final answers for the student-produced responses.
SECTION 4:
Math Test – Calculator To all students, say:

80 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME Your computer screen should show the list of sections.
40 Minutes 5-Minute Break 40 Minutes Also, you’ll see the same reference tracks that you saw
for Section 3. You can skip them if you want by scrolling
If your school is providing calculators to students, down and double-clicking on Question 1. Remember,
distribute them now. you can go back and select the reference information if
you need it later.
When students are ready, say:
If your last track ends before I call time, you may return
We’ll continue testing with Section 4, the Math Test
to any tracks within Section 4 to review your work, but
with Calculator. Once we begin, you’ll have 80 minutes
you may not navigate to any other section.
to work on Section 4. We’ll stop for a short break after
40 minutes, and then you’ll continue with Section 4. I’ll Open your test book to Section 4 in case you need to
post the start and stop times, and I’ll let you know when refer to it. [pause]
we’re about halfway through the time before the break
When I say “Time starts now,” you can put on your
and again when 5 minutes are left before the break.
earphones, double-click Section 4, listen to the
directions, and begin work.
To all students, say:

You may use a calculator for this section. If you have To begin the test, say:
a calculator, please remove any cover and put the
Time starts now.
calculator on your desk now. Keep the calculator cover
on the floor under your desk during testing. [pause]
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS
Even though you’re allowed to use a calculator for this
section, all the questions can be answered without a
40 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
calculator. If you use a calculator, remember to follow
these guidelines: START TIME STOP TIME
• Keep your calculator flat on your desk or hold it so
that other students can’t view your work. • Post the start and stop times.
• Do not share or exchange your calculator. • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
working on the correct section.
• If you have a backup calculator or batteries, keep
them on the floor under your desk. During the First Half of the Section
• If your calculator malfunctions and you have After 20 minutes, post the time remaining, signal
batteries or a backup calculator, raise your hand. I’ll students, and say:
come over to assist you. If you do not have a backup,
You have 60 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
continue the test and do the best you can.
20 minutes until the break.

100 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Script 5 Section 4 Pre-recorded Audio Format 2

After 35 minutes, post the time remaining, signal To continue the test, say:
students, and say:
Time starts now.
You have 45 minutes remaining in Section 4 and
5 minutes until the break.
RECORD START AND STOP TIMES HERE — POST FOR STUDENTS

After exactly 40 minutes, signal students to take off 40 MINUTES DOUBLE TIME
their earphones and say:
START TIME STOP TIME
Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the
desk. [pause]
• Post the start and stop times.
Select Pause. Place your answer sheet on the page in • Walk around the room to check that everyone is
your test book where you stopped working. Close your working on the correct section.
test book and leave it on your desk.
After 20 minutes (from the break), post the time
remaining, signal students, and say:
For the break, say:
You have 20 minutes remaining in Section 4.
You’ll now have 5 minutes to stretch. Don’t discuss test
questions during the break or leave the testing room
without permission. After 35 minutes (from the break), post the time
remaining, signal students, and say:
We’ll start testing again in exactly 5 minutes.
You have 5 minutes remaining in Section 4.
If any students select Stop by accident, tell them that
after the break they can navigate back to their question After exactly 40 minutes (from the break), signal
by double-clicking the section and scrolling down to the students to take off their earphones and say:
question they’re working on.
Put your pencil down and place your earphones on the
5-MINUTE BREAK desk. [pause]
• Post the break time of 5 minutes, and include what time Time is up on Section 4. Click the Stop button at the
testing will resume. Students may stand and stretch but
bottom of the screen to stop the test.
must ask permission to leave the testing room.
• Walk around the room to check all tests are paused, Make sure all students have stopped work and removed
all test books are closed, and all answer sheets are their earphones.
inside the test books.
After Section 4
At the end of the break, say:
To all students, say:
Please take your seat. Don’t go to any section of the test
Close your answer sheet so that page 1 is on top. Close
until I tell you to. [pause]
your test book. [pause]

During the Second Half of the Section

IMPORTANT: If testing students using flash drives, skip the
When everyone is ready, say: next script.

We’re now going to continue with Section 4. You have

To end the test, say:
an additional 40 minutes remaining. I’ll let you know
when we’re about halfway through the time remaining We’re going to close the test now. Move your cursor
in the section and when 5 minutes are left. to the top right of your screen and click the End Test
button. Confirm by clicking End Test on the pop-up
Open your test book to the page where you inserted
window to close the application. Please sit quietly while
your answer sheet. Place your answer sheet flat on your
the test application closes. [Pause]
desk. When I say “Time starts now,” you can put on
your earphones and select Play to resume the question
you were working on.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 101

Part
2 After the Test Dismissal

• If a student using the pre-recorded audio streaming

To all students, say:
application didn’t complete Form Code (field A), staff
Before I collect your test materials, please turn to the may copy this information from another student’s
back of your answer sheet. If you’re using a large-print answer sheet after all students are dismissed. All
answer sheet, turn to page 7. Check that you have filled students in the pre-recorded audio streaming room
in the Form Code in field A. This Form Code is required will have the same Form Code.
for scoring your test. [pause] Check that you have also • If a student using the streaming application didn’t
completed fields B and C. Please raise your hand if you complete Test ID (field B), leave it blank.
need help completing any fields. [pause] Proceed to Dismissal for the collection of test books and
other test materials.
• Students testing with flash drives should use the codes
from their flash drive packaging, not the test book.

After the Test

Dismissal • If a student doesn’t have a pre-ID label, make a note
on your room roster so the test coordinator can print
one and affix it to the answer sheet. Answer sheets
To all students, say:
without pre-ID labels will not receive scores.
Congratulations—you just finished the test. Please • Have students fill in any missing identifying
remain in your seats until I dismiss you. information in these fields and erase stray marks.
Observe the students as they correct the information,
Collecting Test Books and making sure they do not alter other fields.

Other Test Materials • If you have any students approved to write their answers
in the test book, you must ensure their answer sheets
When everyone is ready, say: include the students’ personal and test information
for these fields before dismissing students. You must
I will now collect your test books. Please keep your
transcribe their answers after students are dismissed.
answer sheets flat on your desks and sit quietly.
IMPORTANT: Staff should not, under any circumstances,
Walk around the room and collect from each student review the test sections on answer sheets for completeness or
the test books and materials (except for answer sheets make any corrections or changes to the marks made on them.
and flash drives, if any) in the same order you used to
distribute them. Also collect any scratch paper (permitted Collecting Answer Sheets
for students with specific accommodations), school
provided calculators, printed test directions, or word-to-
and Dismissing Students
word dictionaries. Check each student’s answer sheet IMPORTANT: For students using flash drives with the pre-
as described below, but don’t collect the answer sheets recorded audio format, turn to Closing Media Players and
yet. Put the test books and other test materials where Collecting Pre-recorded Audio Flash Drives on page 114.
students cannot access them. Then you’ll return to this section to continue.

As you collect the test books, do the following for each Walk around the room and collect the answer sheets.
student:
• Keep students seated until you’re sure you have every
• Check that the answer sheet has a pre-ID label affixed student’s answer sheet and test book.
and that at least fields 1, 5, and 8 are completed. On
the back of the answer sheet, ensure that the student • Make sure answer sheets are not inserted in or
has completed Form Code (field A), Test ID (field B), between test books. Test books and answer sheets
and Test Book Serial Number (field C). It is critical should be kept in 2 separate piles, with the exception
these fields be completed and the Certification Statement of test books for students approved to write their
signed for a student’s answer sheet to be scored. For answers in their test books (see further instructions
standard test books, if possible, check that fields A and that follow).
B match what’s on the back of the book. (Fields A–C are • Verify by count that you have a test book and answer
on page 7 of the large-print answer sheet.) sheet for each student.

102 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Part
Dismissal After the Test 2

To students ready to be dismissed, say:

Finish Up
• Ensure the seating chart is complete.
Remember, you must not, under any circumstances, • Complete and sign the Testing Room Materials
take any test content from the testing room or discuss Report form.
or share test content with anyone through any means,
• Fill out an IR if you encountered an irregularity.
including email, text messages, or the internet. As I said
• Include all materials that you transferred answers
at the beginning of the test, if a person violates any of
from with the used answer sheets when you return
these policies related to test security, their scores will materials to the test coordinator.
be invalidated and they may be prevented from taking
other College Board tests in the future.
• Make sure your room roster identifies who was present
or absent and whether students are missing pre-ID
You will be notified when your scores are available and labels or have incorrect information on their labels.
of how to access your complete score report online if you • Check the testing room to make sure nothing has
are at least 13 years old. If you are under age 13, talk to been left behind.
your counselor for information about your test results. • Ensure all flash drive formats have been returned to
their packaging.
Please wait in your seat until I dismiss your row. At that
point, you may gather your belongings. As you leave, • Ensure all temporary files are deleted from
please be considerate of people still working in other computers. If you need assistance, contact your
system administrator.
rooms. Again, congratulations on your hard work today.
• Make sure to return all of the following materials to
If you collected electronic devices before the test and all your test coordinator in an organized fashion:
students in other rooms have begun testing, tell students • Completed and signed Testing Room Materials
that they may come retrieve their devices. Report form
• Answer sheets
After Students Leave the Room
• Test books, including flash drives and any other
Transcribe Student Responses for Scoring alternate test formats
A completed answer sheet (standard or large print) must
• Any materials you transcribed student responses
be submitted for a student’s test to be scored.
from, if applicable
• If you have any students approved to write their • Room roster
answers in the test book, do the following:
• IRs, if any
• On the front cover of the test book, write • Any other materials provided to you by the test
“Answers in book.”
coordinator
• On the test book, make sure the student’s name
and 6-digit school (AI) code have been recorded.
• Transfer responses from the test book to the
standard answer sheet pages.
• Clip transcribed answer sheets to the
associated test books and deliver them to
the test coordinator to return with the used
accommodated answer sheets.

• For students approved to use braille writers to record

answers, you or a support staff member must:
• Transfer responses from braille pages to the
standard answer sheet pages.
• On the materials you transferred answers from, write
the student’s name and 6-digit school (AI) code.

• Large-print answer sheets don’t need to be transcribed

and should be returned with used answer sheets.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 103

 Appendix
Overview of Timing and Breaks
TIMING AND BREAKS

Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Total Time Total Time

Writing and Math – Math – (including (without
Reading Language No Calculator Calculator breaks) breaks)
Script 1 55 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 40 minutes
Standard Time
2 hours, 2 hours,
35 minutes 25 minutes

5-min. break 5-min. break

Script 2 28 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 20 minutes

Standard Time 5-min. break
with Extra Breaks 2 hours, 2 hours,
5-min. break
27 minutes 50 minutes 25 minutes
20 minutes
5-min. break 5-min. break 5-min. break

Script 3 42 minutes 45 minutes 30 minutes 30 minutes

Time and 5-min. break
One-Half 4 hours, 3 hours,
5-min. break
41 minutes 3 minutes 38 minutes
30 minutes
5-min. break 5-min. break 5-min. break

Script 4 55 minutes 60 minutes 40 minutes 40 minutes Day 1: Day 1:

Double Time 3 hours 2 hours,
5-min. break 50 minutes
5-min. break
55 minutes Day 2: Day 2:
40 minutes 2 hours, 2 hours
5-min. break End of Day 1 5-min. break 10 minutes
Scripts 1* and 3 55 minutes 30 minutes 30 minutes 30 minutes
Combined
Time and One-Half 3 hours, 2 hours,
5-min. break
for Math Only 15 minutes 55 minutes
30 minutes
5-min. break 5-min. break 5-min. break

Scripts 1* and 4 55 minutes 30 minutes 40 minutes 40 minutes

Combined
Double Time 3 hours, 3 hours,
5-min. break
for Math Only 45 minutes 25 minutes
40 minutes
5-min. break 5-min. break 5-min. break

Script 5 55 minutes 53 minutes 40 minutes 40 minutes Day 1: Day 1:

Pre-recorded Audio 3 hours, 3 hours,
5-min. break 5-min. break 50 minutes 35 minutes
(MP3) Format 5-min. break
55 minutes 52 minutes Day 2: Day 2:
40 minutes 2 hours, 2 hours
5-min. break End of Day 1 5-min. break 10 minutes

Schools testing students with double time or with pre-recorded audio format will test these students over 2 days. Day 1 of 2-day testing ends after Section 2.
*For students using Script 2 instead of Script 1 with extended time for math only, the total time without breaks is the same, but the breaks are different from
those given in Script 1.

104 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 PSAT 8/9 Script 1 Section Timing Chart for Standard Timing Appendix

PSAT 8/9 Script 1

Section Timing Chart for Standard Timing
START AND STOP TIMES All times are “minutes after the hour.”

Start Time Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4

55 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 40 minutes
:00 :55 :30 :20 :40
:01 :56 :31 :21 :41
:02 :57 :32 :22 :42
:03 :58 :33 :23 :43
:04 :59 :34 :24 :44
:05 :00 :35 :25 :45
:06 :01 :36 :26 :46
:07 :02 :37 :27 :47
:08 :03 :38 :28 :48
:09 :04 :39 :29 :49
:10 :05 :40 :30 :50
:11 :06 :41 :31 :51
:12 :07 :42 :32 :52
:13 :08 :43 :33 :53
:14 :09 :44 :34 :54
:15 :10 :45 :35 :55
:16 :11 :46 :36 :56
:17 :12 :47 :37 :57
:18 :13 :48 :38 :58
:19 :14 :49 :39 :59
:20 :15 :50 :40 :00
:21 :16 :51 :41 :01
:22 :17 :52 :42 :02
:23 :18 :53 :43 :03
:24 :19 :54 :44 :04
:25 :20 :55 :45 :05
:26 :21 :56 :46 :06
:27 :22 :57 :47 :07
:28 :23 :58 :48 :08
:29 :24 :59 :49 :09
:30 :25 :00 :50 :10
:31 :26 :01 :51 :11
:32 :27 :02 :52 :12
:33 :28 :03 :53 :13
:34 :29 :04 :54 :14
:35 :30 :05 :55 :15
:36 :31 :06 :56 :16
:37 :32 :07 :57 :17
:38 :33 :08 :58 :18
:39 :34 :09 :59 :19
:40 :35 :10 :00 :20
:41 :36 :11 :01 :21
:42 :37 :12 :02 :22
:43 :38 :13 :03 :23
:44 :39 :14 :04 :24
:45 :40 :15 :05 :25
:46 :41 :16 :06 :26
:47 :42 :17 :07 :27
:48 :43 :18 :08 :28
:49 :44 :19 :09 :29
:50 :45 :20 :10 :30
:51 :46 :21 :11 :31
:52 :47 :22 :12 :32
:53 :48 :23 :13 :33
:54 :49 :24 :14 :34
:55 :50 :25 :15 :35
:56 :51 :26 :16 :36
:57 :52 :27 :17 :37
:58 :53 :28 :18 :38
:59 :54 :29 :19 :39

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 105

 Appendix PSAT 8/9 Script 2 Section Timing Chart for Standard Time with Extra Breaks

PSAT 8/9 Script 2

Section Timing Chart for Standard Time with Extra Breaks
START AND STOP TIMES All times are “minutes after the hour.”

Start Time Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4

28 min. – break – 27 min. 30 minutes 20 minutes 20 min. – break – 20 min.
:00 :28 :27 :30 :20 :20 :20
:01 :29 :28 :31 :21 :21 :21
:02 :30 :29 :32 :22 :22 :22
:03 :31 :30 :33 :23 :23 :23
:04 :32 :31 :34 :24 :24 :24
:05 :33 :32 :35 :25 :25 :25
:06 :34 :33 :36 :26 :26 :26
:07 :35 :34 :37 :27 :27 :27
:08 :36 :35 :38 :28 :28 :28
:09 :37 :36 :39 :29 :29 :29
:10 :38 :37 :40 :30 :30 :30
:11 :39 :38 :41 :31 :31 :31
:12 :40 :39 :42 :32 :32 :32
:13 :41 :40 :43 :33 :33 :33
:14 :42 :41 :44 :34 :34 :34
:15 :43 :42 :45 :35 :35 :35
:16 :44 :43 :46 :36 :36 :36
:17 :45 :44 :47 :37 :37 :37
:18 :46 :45 :48 :38 :38 :38
:19 :47 :46 :49 :39 :39 :39
:20 :48 :47 :50 :40 :40 :40
:21 :49 :48 :51 :41 :41 :41
:22 :50 :49 :52 :42 :42 :42
:23 :51 :50 :53 :43 :43 :43
:24 :52 :51 :54 :44 :44 :44
:25 :53 :52 :55 :45 :45 :45
:26 :54 :53 :56 :46 :46 :46
:27 :55 :54 :57 :47 :47 :47
:28 :56 :55 :58 :48 :48 :48
:29 :57 :56 :59 :49 :49 :49
:30 :58 :57 :00 :50 :50 :50
:31 :59 :58 :01 :51 :51 :51
:32 :00 :59 :02 :52 :52 :52
:33 :01 :00 :03 :53 :53 :53
:34 :02 :01 :04 :54 :54 :54
:35 :03 :02 :05 :55 :55 :55
:36 :04 :03 :06 :56 :56 :56
:37 :05 :04 :07 :57 :57 :57
:38 :06 :05 :08 :58 :58 :58
:39 :07 :06 :09 :59 :59 :59
:40 :08 :07 :10 :00 :00 :00
:41 :09 :08 :11 :01 :01 :01
:42 :10 :09 :12 :02 :02 :02
:43 :11 :10 :13 :03 :03 :03
:44 :12 :11 :14 :04 :04 :04
:45 :13 :12 :15 :05 :05 :05
:46 :14 :13 :16 :06 :06 :06
:47 :15 :14 :17 :07 :07 :07
:48 :16 :15 :18 :08 :08 :08
:49 :17 :16 :19 :09 :09 :09
:50 :18 :17 :20 :10 :10 :10
:51 :19 :18 :21 :11 :11 :11
:52 :20 :19 :22 :12 :12 :12
:53 :21 :20 :23 :13 :13 :13
:54 :22 :21 :24 :14 :14 :14
:55 :23 :22 :25 :15 :15 :15
:56 :24 :23 :26 :16 :16 :16
:57 :25 :24 :27 :17 :17 :17
:58 :26 :25 :28 :18 :18 :18
:59 :27 :26 :29 :19 :19 :19

106 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 PSAT 8/9 Script 3 Section Timing Chart for Time and One-Half Appendix

PSAT 8/9 Script 3

Section Timing Chart for Time and One-Half
START AND STOP TIMES All times are “minutes after the hour.”

Start Time Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4

42 min. – break – 41 min. 45 minutes 30 minutes 30 min. – break – 30 min.
:00 :42 :41 :45 :30 :30 :30
:01 :43 :42 :46 :31 :31 :31
:02 :44 :43 :47 :32 :32 :32
:03 :45 :44 :48 :33 :33 :33
:04 :46 :45 :49 :34 :34 :34
:05 :47 :46 :50 :35 :35 :35
:06 :48 :47 :51 :36 :36 :36
:07 :49 :48 :52 :37 :37 :37
:08 :50 :49 :53 :38 :38 :38
:09 :51 :50 :54 :39 :39 :39
:10 :52 :51 :55 :40 :40 :40
:11 :53 :52 :56 :41 :41 :41
:12 :54 :53 :57 :42 :42 :42
:13 :55 :54 :58 :43 :43 :43
:14 :56 :55 :59 :44 :44 :44
:15 :57 :56 :00 :45 :45 :45
:16 :58 :57 :01 :46 :46 :46
:17 :59 :58 :02 :47 :47 :47
:18 :00 :59 :03 :48 :48 :48
:19 :01 :00 :04 :49 :49 :49
:20 :02 :01 :05 :50 :50 :50
:21 :03 :02 :06 :51 :51 :51
:22 :04 :03 :07 :52 :52 :52
:23 :05 :04 :08 :53 :53 :53
:24 :06 :05 :09 :54 :54 :54
:25 :07 :06 :10 :55 :55 :55
:26 :08 :07 :11 :56 :56 :56
:27 :09 :08 :12 :57 :57 :57
:28 :10 :09 :13 :58 :58 :58
:29 :11 :10 :14 :59 :59 :59
:30 :12 :11 :15 :00 :00 :00
:31 :13 :12 :16 :01 :01 :01
:32 :14 :13 :17 :02 :02 :02
:33 :15 :14 :18 :03 :03 :03
:34 :16 :15 :19 :04 :04 :04
:35 :17 :16 :20 :05 :05 :05
:36 :18 :17 :21 :06 :06 :06
:37 :19 :18 :22 :07 :07 :07
:38 :20 :19 :23 :08 :08 :08
:39 :21 :20 :24 :09 :09 :09
:40 :22 :21 :25 :10 :10 :10
:41 :23 :22 :26 :11 :11 :11
:42 :24 :23 :27 :12 :12 :12
:43 :25 :24 :28 :13 :13 :13
:44 :26 :25 :29 :14 :14 :14
:45 :27 :26 :30 :15 :15 :15
:46 :28 :27 :31 :16 :16 :16
:47 :29 :28 :32 :17 :17 :17
:48 :30 :29 :33 :18 :18 :18
:49 :31 :30 :34 :19 :19 :19
:50 :32 :31 :35 :20 :20 :20
:51 :33 :32 :36 :21 :21 :21
:52 :34 :33 :37 :22 :22 :22
:53 :35 :34 :38 :23 :23 :23
:54 :36 :35 :39 :24 :24 :24
:55 :37 :36 :40 :25 :25 :25
:56 :38 :37 :41 :26 :26 :26
:57 :39 :38 :42 :27 :27 :27
:58 :40 :39 :43 :28 :28 :28
:59 :41 :40 :44 :29 :29 :29

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 107

 Appendix PSAT 8/9 Script 4 Section Timing Chart for Double Time

PSAT 8/9 Script 4

Section Timing Chart for Double Time
START AND STOP TIMES All times are “minutes after the hour.”

Start Time Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4

55 min. – break – 55 min. 60 minutes 40 minutes 40 min. – break – 40 min.
:00 :55 :55 :00 :40 :40 :40
:01 :56 :56 :01 :41 :41 :41
:02 :57 :57 :02 :42 :42 :42
:03 :58 :58 :03 :43 :43 :43
:04 :59 :59 :04 :44 :44 :44
:05 :00 :00 :05 :45 :45 :45
:06 :01 :01 :06 :46 :46 :46
:07 :02 :02 :07 :47 :47 :47
:08 :03 :03 :08 :48 :48 :48
:09 :04 :04 :09 :49 :49 :49
:10 :05 :05 :10 :50 :50 :50
:11 :06 :06 :11 :51 :51 :51
:12 :07 :07 :12 :52 :52 :52
:13 :08 :08 :13 :53 :53 :53
:14 :09 :09 :14 :54 :54 :54
:15 :10 :10 :15 :55 :55 :55
:16 :11 :11 :16 :56 :56 :56
:17 :12 :12 :17 :57 :57 :57
:18 :13 :13 :18 :58 :58 :58
:19 :14 :14 :19 :59 :59 :59
:20 :15 :15 :20 :00 :00 :00
:21 :16 :16 :21 :01 :01 :01
:22 :17 :17 :22 :02 :02 :02
:23 :18 :18 :23 :03 :03 :03
:24 :19 :19 :24 :04 :04 :04
:25 :20 :20 :25 :05 :05 :05
:26 :21 :21 :26 :06 :06 :06
:27 :22 :22 :27 :07 :07 :07
:28 :23 :23 :28 :08 :08 :08
:29 :24 :24 :29 :09 :09 :09
:30 :25 :25 :30 :10 :10 :10
:31 :26 :26 :31 :11 :11 :11
:32 :27 :27 :32 :12 :12 :12
:33 :28 :28 :33 :13 :13 :13
:34 :29 :29 :34 :14 :14 :14
:35 :30 :30 :35 :15 :15 :15
:36 :31 :31 :36 :16 :16 :16
:37 :32 :32 :37 :17 :17 :17
:38 :33 :33 :38 :18 :18 :18
:39 :34 :34 :39 :19 :19 :19
:40 :35 :35 :40 :20 :20 :20
:41 :36 :36 :41 :21 :21 :21
:42 :37 :37 :42 :22 :22 :22
:43 :38 :38 :43 :23 :23 :23
:44 :39 :39 :44 :24 :24 :24
:45 :40 :40 :45 :25 :25 :25
:46 :41 :41 :46 :26 :26 :26
:47 :42 :42 :47 :27 :27 :27
:48 :43 :43 :48 :28 :28 :28
:49 :44 :44 :49 :29 :29 :29
:50 :45 :45 :50 :30 :30 :30
:51 :46 :46 :51 :31 :31 :31
:52 :47 :47 :52 :32 :32 :32
:53 :48 :48 :53 :33 :33 :33
:54 :49 :49 :54 :34 :34 :34
:55 :50 :50 :55 :35 :35 :35
:56 :51 :51 :56 :36 :36 :36
:57 :52 :52 :57 :37 :37 :37
:58 :53 :53 :58 :38 :38 :38
:59 :54 :54 :59 :39 :39 :39

108 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 PSAT 8/9 Script 5 Section Timing Chart for Pre-recorded Audio (MP3) Format Appendix

PSAT 8/9 Script 5

Section Timing Chart for Pre-recorded Audio (MP3) Format
START AND STOP TIMES All times are “minutes after the hour.”

Start Time Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4

55 min. – break – 55 min. 53 min.– break – 52 min. 40 minutes 40 min. – break – 40 min.
:00 :55 :55 :53 :52 :40 :40 :40
:01 :56 :56 :54 :53 :41 :41 :41
:02 :57 :57 :55 :54 :42 :42 :42
:03 :58 :58 :56 :55 :43 :43 :43
:04 :59 :59 :57 :56 :44 :44 :44
:05 :00 :00 :58 :57 :45 :45 :45
:06 :01 :01 :59 :58 :46 :46 :46
:07 :02 :02 :00 :59 :47 :47 :47
:08 :03 :03 :01 :00 :48 :48 :48
:09 :04 :04 :02 :01 :49 :49 :49
:10 :05 :05 :03 :02 :50 :50 :50
:11 :06 :06 :04 :03 :51 :51 :51
:12 :07 :07 :05 :04 :52 :52 :52
:13 :08 :08 :06 :05 :53 :53 :53
:14 :09 :09 :07 :06 :54 :54 :54
:15 :10 :10 :08 :07 :55 :55 :55
:16 :11 :11 :09 :08 :56 :56 :56
:17 :12 :12 :10 :09 :57 :57 :57
:18 :13 :13 :11 :10 :58 :58 :58
:19 :14 :14 :12 :11 :59 :59 :59
:20 :15 :15 :13 :12 :00 :00 :00
:21 :16 :16 :14 :13 :01 :01 :01
:22 :17 :17 :15 :14 :02 :02 :02
:23 :18 :18 :16 :15 :03 :03 :03
:24 :19 :19 :17 :16 :04 :04 :04
:25 :20 :20 :18 :17 :05 :05 :05
:26 :21 :21 :19 :18 :06 :06 :06
:27 :22 :22 :20 :19 :07 :07 :07
:28 :23 :23 :21 :20 :08 :08 :08
:29 :24 :24 :22 :21 :09 :09 :09
:30 :25 :25 :23 :22 :10 :10 :10
:31 :26 :26 :24 :23 :11 :11 :11
:32 :27 :27 :25 :24 :12 :12 :12
:33 :28 :28 :26 :25 :13 :13 :13
:34 :29 :29 :27 :26 :14 :14 :14
:35 :30 :30 :28 :27 :15 :15 :15
:36 :31 :31 :29 :28 :16 :16 :16
:37 :32 :32 :30 :29 :17 :17 :17
:38 :33 :33 :31 :30 :18 :18 :18
:39 :34 :34 :32 :31 :19 :19 :19
:40 :35 :35 :33 :32 :20 :20 :20
:41 :36 :36 :34 :33 :21 :21 :21
:42 :37 :37 :35 :34 :22 :22 :22
:43 :38 :38 :36 :35 :23 :23 :23
:44 :39 :39 :37 :36 :24 :24 :24
:45 :40 :40 :38 :37 :25 :25 :25
:46 :41 :41 :39 :38 :26 :26 :26
:47 :42 :42 :40 :39 :27 :27 :27
:48 :43 :43 :41 :40 :28 :28 :28
:49 :44 :44 :42 :41 :29 :29 :29
:50 :45 :45 :43 :42 :30 :30 :30
:51 :46 :46 :44 :43 :31 :31 :31
:52 :47 :47 :45 :44 :32 :32 :32
:53 :48 :48 :46 :45 :33 :33 :33
:54 :49 :49 :47 :46 :34 :34 :34
:55 :50 :50 :48 :47 :35 :35 :35
:56 :51 :51 :49 :48 :36 :36 :36
:57 :52 :52 :50 :49 :37 :37 :37
:58 :53 :53 :51 :50 :38 :38 :38
:59 :54 :54 :52 :51 :39 :39 :39

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 109

 Appendix Acceptable Calculators

Acceptable Calculators
The following calculators are acceptable for use on the Math Test – Calculator. Only this
test permits the use of a calculator (unless a student has an approved accommodation).
This list doesn’t include every calculator model. Call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support if you
aren’t sure about a calculator that’s not on this list.

• All scientific calculators, which can perform complex mathematical functions but
don’t have a graphing feature, are acceptable as long as they don’t have any prohibited
features given under Unacceptable Calculators.
• All 4-function calculators are acceptable but not recommended.
THE FOLLOWING GRAPHING CALCULATORS ARE PERMITTED:
CASIO SHARP
FX-6000 series FX-9860 series EL-5200 EL-9600 series (Using the
FX-6200 series CFX-9800 series EL-9200 series stylus is not permitted.)
FX-6300 series CFX-9850 series EL-9300 series EL-9900 series
FX-6500 series CFX-9950 series TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
FX-7000 series CFX-9970 series TI-73 TI-86
FX-7300 series FX 1.0 series TI-80 TI-89
FX-7400 series Algebra FX 2.0 series TI-81 TI-89 Titanium
FX-7500 series FX-CG-10 TI-82 TI-Nspire
FX-7700 series FX-CG-20 series TI-83/TI-83 Plus TI-Nspire CX
FX-7800 series FX-CG-50 TI-83 Plus Silver TI-Nspire CM-C
FX-8000 series FX-CG-500 (Using the TI-84 Plus TI-Nspire CAS
FX-8500 series stylus is not permitted.) TI-84 Plus CE TI-Nspire CX CAS
FX-8700 series Graph25 series TI-84 Plus Silver TI-Nspire CM-C CAS
FX-8800 series Graph35 series TI-84 Plus C Silver TI-Nspire CX-C CAS
FX-9700 series Graph75 series TI-84 Plus CE-T TI-Nspire CX II
FX-9750 series Graph95 series TI-84 Plus T TI-Nspire CX II-T
Graph100 series TI-84 Plus CE Python TI-Nspire CX II CAS
HEWLETT-PACKARD TI-84 Plus CE-T TI-Nspire CX II-T CAS
HP-9G HP-48 series Python Edition TI-Nspire CX II-C CAS
HP-28 series HP-49 series TI-85
HP-38G HP-50 series RADIOSHACK
HP-39 series HP Prime EC-4033 EC-4037
HP-40 series EC-4034
OTHER
Datexx DS-883 NumWorks
Micronta Smart2

Unacceptable Calculators
Students are not allowed to use any of the following
calculators, unless specifically approved in SSD Online
as an accommodation:
• Laptops or other computers, tablets, mobile phones, smartwatches, or wearable technology
• Models that can access the internet or have wireless, Bluetooth, cellular, audio/video
recording and playing, camera, or any other smartphone-type features
• Models that have a computer-style (QWERTY) keyboard, pen-input, or stylus
• Models that use electrical outlets, make noise, or have a paper tape
In addition, the use of hardware peripherals such as a stylus with an approved calculator isn’t
permitted. Some models with touchscreen capability are not permitted (e.g., Casio ClassPad).

110 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Sample Schoolwide Student List Appendix

Sample Schoolwide Student List

3/5/2008

10/15/2007

2/15/2008

9/1/2008

8/12/2008

11/30/2007

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 111

 Appendix Photo ID Requirements

Photo ID Requirements
Acceptable IDs Unacceptable IDs
If you’re asked to test students unfamiliar to you, they Types of Identification to Reject
must present acceptable photo identification. • Any document that doesn’t meet the requirements
ID Requirements • Any document that is worn, torn, scuffed, scarred, or
Photo IDs aren’t required for PSAT 8/9 testing unless a otherwise damaged
student is unfamiliar to the testing staff. • An electronic document presented on a device
To be acceptable, a photo ID must: • Any document that appears tampered with or
digitally altered
• Be a valid (unexpired) photo identification that
is government issued or issued by the student’s • Any document that bears a statement such as “not
school. (A school ID from 2021-22 is valid through valid as identification”
December 31, 2022, and is not acceptable for
Examples of Unacceptable ID
spring 2023 testing.)
• Credit or debit card of any kind, even one with a
• Be an original, physical document (not photocopied photograph
or electronic).
• Birth certificate
• Bear the student’s full, legal name.
• Social Security card
• Bear a photo that clearly matches the student’s
appearance. Black and white photos are acceptable. • Employee ID card

• Be in good condition, with clearly legible English • Missing child (ChildFind) ID card
language text and a clearly visible photo. • Any temporary ID card

Examples of Acceptable ID
• Government issued driver’s license or non-driver
ID card
• Official school-produced student ID card from the
student’s current school
• Government issued passport or U.S. Global Entry
ID card
• Government issued military or national ID card

112 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Additional Instructions for Administering Pre-recorded Audio with Flash Drives Appendix

Additional Instructions for Administering

Pre-recorded Audio with Flash Drives
Set Up Computers for Pre-recorded Set Up Chromebooks
Audio Flash Drives • Start the software:
An audio version of the test on a flash drive may be • Select the Launcher, the icon on the far left of the
offered to schools with technical issues that may prevent taskbar.
them from using the pre-recorded audio streaming • Select Files, which will bring up another taskbar.
application. The pre-recorded audio flash drive contains • Find the flash drive in the task list and select it to
read-only files and a built-in player to deliver the test. display a list of file folders on the drive.
Setup for pre-recorded audio testing should be done in • Open the folder called Chrome_Version to access
advance of test day to ensure a smooth administration. the test sections.
If your school has been approved for flash drives, please
use the following instructions for setting up computers Before Test Day
and guiding students on the use of flash drives. Once you’ve set up and tested the flash drives, follow
steps 1–4 under Closing Media Players and Collecting
Follow these steps for all devices to prepare for testing Pre-recorded Audio Flash Drives.
with the pre-recorded audio format on a flash drive.
You’ll perform these steps before test day and then again During Testing
at the beginning of Day 1 and Day 2 of testing. Once all computers are ready for testing, turn to the
1. Print the student’s last name, first name, and middle appropriate parts of the scripts.
initial on the back of the flash drive packaging. • On Day 1, turn to Begin Here on Test Day on
2. Remove each flash drive from its packaging. page 62.
3. Insert the flash drive into a USB port. (If prompted, • On Day 2, turn to Admitting Students on page 97.
do not choose to run the files using your device’s
media player.) On Day 2, use your completed seating Troubleshooting for Pre-recorded
chart to ensure you’re inserting each flash drive into Audio Flash Drives
the same computer the student used on Day 1. If you see an error message about failed authorization
4. Complete setup depending on the type of equipment or unlocking of media files or if you encounter other
in your room. problems related to the flash drive, first try changing to
a different computer. If you still encounter a problem,
Set Up PCs or Macs follow these steps:
• Open the flash drive. 1. From within the Flux Player, select the Help drop-
• On both PCs and Macs, find the icon in the lower down menu.
left corner of your screen. 2. Select Contact support.
• On a Mac, select the icon to open Finder. You 3. In the Describe your issue box, type “Failed to apply
should see a description of the drive in the pop- license file.”
up list under Devices.
4. Enter an email address so the fix can be emailed to
• On a PC, select the icon and select File Manager you. (If you have a technical support person, use
or File/Windows Explorer. The flash drive will their email address.)
appear in the list labeled This PC or Computer.
5. Check the box for “I agree to collect support-related
• Select the name of the flash drive (which appears information about this computer” (this step identifies
as a 6-digit number). which license you need).
• Start the software: 6. Select Send.
• Select the software application, labeled Start Technical support will review the request and respond
(“.exe” on PC or “.app” on Mac). with specific instructions.
• A media player named Flux Player will launch.
• When you launch the application, a table of
contents will display the sections of the test.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 113

 Appendix Additional Instructions for Administering Pre-recorded Audio with Flash Drives

Posting Information for Students Using Closing Media Players and Collecting
Pre-recorded Audio on Flash Drives Pre-recorded Audio Flash Drives
If you’re testing students with the pre-recorded audio
To all students using pre-recorded audio flash drives,
format on flash drives, post the following instructions for
say:
the equipment students are using.
For PC or Mac:
I will now collect your flash drives.

• Navigating the test: Walk around the room to close each media player and
• Test Directions: Select Test Directions to listen collect pre-recorded audio flash drives.
to directions
1. Close the media players as follows:
• Start Section: Select Section icon
• For PCs, select the Account drop-down menu
• Next Section: Select Stop at bottom of screen to and select Exit.
return to section table of contents
• For Macs, select the Flux Player drop-down
• Change Volume: Select and drag Slider Bar at menu and select Quit Flux Player.
the bottom of the screen
• For Chromebooks, select the X in the top right
• Keyboard navigation for PCs and Macs: corner of the media player window.
• Pause or Play: Control/Command-P 2. Eject the flash drive by doing the following:
• Back: Control/Command-B
• For PCs, in the notification area in the lower right
• Forward: Control/Command-F corner of the screen, select Show hidden icons,
For Chromebook: select Safely remove hardware and eject media,
and then select Eject USB disk.
• Starting and navigating the test:
• In the file list, select the folder Test Directions and • For Macs, eject the flash drive by selecting the
Up Arrow next to the icon under Devices.
then the file itself to hear general usage directions.
• To select a section, select the test section folder • For Chromebooks, select the Eject icon next to
the flash drive in the devices list.
(e.g., PSAT 8/9 Section 1 Reading Test).
• To start playing the files in a section, press 3. Place each flash drive in the original packaging for
Control-A to highlight all files in the folder, then each student. Check that each student’s last name is
press Enter. written on the packaging.
4. Ensure that the cache is emptied and no files
• To pause or play, use the mouse to control the media
have been copied onto the computer. (If you need
player menu.
assistance, contact your system administrator.)
Using the Pre-recorded Audio Power off each computer.

Testing Script with Flash Drives Return to the appropriate place in the test script:
You’ll use the testing script for pre-recorded audio • To return to the script after Section 2, turn to
(Script 5) for students using flash drives because Collecting Test Books and Other Test Materials on
navigation is similar to the streaming format and there are page 102.
no differences in timing or breaks. However, there are a • To return to Dismissal, turn to Collecting Answer
few differences to note when using flash drives: Sheets and Dismissing Students on page 102.
• You’ll be instructed to skip instructions to select End
Test and similar navigational instructions that only
apply to the streaming application.
• Whenever you start or finish testing for the day,
you’ll need to insert or eject the flash drive in each
student’s computer.
• If your students are using Chromebooks, you’ll need
to remind them to do the following at the start of a
new section:
• Select the section folder.
• Highlight all the tracks by pressing Control-A.
• Press Enter when time starts.

114 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 How to Fill Out the CRF Appendix

4. Print and fill in the bubbles for the actual test date.
How to Fill Out the CRF 5. Print and fill in the bubbles for the total number
If you’re testing any students with accommodations of standard answer sheets you’re returning from
administered in the primary testing window, account for students who regularly attend your school.
these materials on the CRF with your standard test taker 6. Print and fill in the bubbles for the total number
materials and ensure they’re returned together. You’ll of standard answer sheets you’re returning from
need to complete additional CRFs to return with both students who don’t regularly attend your school.
accommodated testing window and makeup materials. (This information will be used to help with answer
sheet count reconciliation activities.)
Use a No. 2 pencil to complete this form. Please confirm
that your school (AI) code is correctly prefilled in 7. Print and fill in the bubbles for the total number of
item 2—it’s required for reporting scores to your school, accommodated answer sheets you’re returning from
district, and/or state. Contact Michigan PSAT 8/9 all students who tested (whether or not they regularly
Support if your code is not correct. attend your school). Include the answer sheets for EL
students who tested with time and one-half.
IMPORTANT: Remember that an answer sheet is considered 8. Print and fill in the bubbles for the total number of
used if it has 1 or more answers to test questions gridded standard and accommodated answer sheets you’re
in for the test and includes a label or gridded student returning from all students who tested (add your
information. Answer sheets are also considered used if answers for fields 5, 6, and 7).
they have demographic information or labels but no test
9. Fill in “No” if you’re not submitting an IR or “Yes” if
responses.
you’re submitting 1 or more IRs.
1. Print your school name, school address, and test 10. Sign and date the form. A signature on the CRF
coordinator contact information. certifies that your school administered the test
2. Confirm your 6-digit school (AI) code. properly.

3. Follow these directions:

a. Fill in the bubble for the test administration.
b. Fill in the bubble if you’re returning answer
sheets for a makeup test.
c. Fill in the bubble to indicate if you’re returning
answer sheets for 8th or 9th graders.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 115

 Appendix Sample Coordinator Report Form

Sample Coordinator Report Form

Home Town H. s. David Coordinator

200 Main Street dcoordinator@hometownus.edu

Home Town ST 01001 311-555-1212

9 9 9 9 9 0 Apr 1 2 2023

0 1 6 5 0 0 0 9 0 0 2 0

0 1 9 4

David Coordinator 04/12/23

116 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Irregularity Chart Appendix

Irregularity Chart
IMPORTANT: When you fill out an IR for an irregularity that takes place in the testing room (such as illness), tell the relevant
student(s) that a report will be submitted.

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Test Site Issues
Test site closing/ In the event of a storm, power failure, or other On Page 2, Section 6, Group
cancellation emergency that requires cancellation before test day: Irregularities Information, bubble
of testing • Notify your principal or district. “Disturbance/Interruption.” You don’t
need to provide a list of students.
• Notify campus/building security.
Call Michigan • Notify students of the cancellation.
PSAT 8/9 Support • Don’t attempt to use the test materials you have on-site.
immediately. Secure them for earliest possible return.
• Order makeup materials as soon as possible.
Suspension of If faced with an active threat such as bomb Explain circumstances and impact
testing due to threat, active shooter, any threatening behaviors of issue and section(s) affected.
active threat including those involving a firearm or weapon, On Page 2, Section 6, Group
Contact law or if student brings a firearm to a test site: Irregularities Information, bubble
enforcement • Follow your school’s procedures for lockdown or “Test site environment issue.”
immediately. evacuation.
• Once the situation is safe, follow all procedures under
“Interruption” to ensure student and staff safety and to
secure materials.
Important: Weapons don’t include religious items (e.g.,
Kirpan), or small pocket/army knives or multitools.
Interruption • Provide clear instructions for staff and student safety if Note the source, length, and
fire alarm, power failure, etc. occurs. impact of the interruption.

Call Michigan • Direct students not to talk or use electronic devices. On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
PSAT 8/9 Support • If possible while maintaining safety, collect test books Information, bubble “Disturbance/
if the interruption and answer sheets, if necessary. Ensure that the room is interruption.” Fill in the testing
(e.g., fire alarm) locked if everyone must leave. room code in Box 6b and list the
can’t be resolved. • Monitor students if they must leave the testing room. affected students in Section 10.
Keep them together in a group and don’t allow them to
go to their lockers.
• If you’re able to resume testing, ensure materials and
students were properly monitored, and continue testing
where each room left off. Timing should be paused, and
no extra time may be given.
• If testing must be canceled, your primary testing window
materials can’t be kept or used for makeup testing. The
test coordinator must:
– Order makeup materials immediately.
– Securely store all primary testing window test
materials. As soon as possible, pack and return all
primary testing window test materials following
the instructions in Pack Test Books for Return on
page 47.
– Notify students they’ll take a makeup test.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 117

 Appendix Irregularity Chart

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Incorrect, Missing, Damaged, or Defective Materials
Materials missing Report if any materials are missing or damaged; On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
or damaged if you detect any loss, theft, or tampering; or if the Information, bubble “Missing materials.”
before testing information on the test books does not correspond
to the information on the shipping notice.

Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support
immediately.
Missing materials • Wait until a scheduled break or the end of the testing Explain the circumstances fully.
during testing session to account for the missing materials. On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
• Do not allow any student to leave the testing room until Information, bubble “Missing materials.”
Call Michigan materials are accounted for. Fill in the testing room code in Box 6b and
PSAT 8/9 Support • If materials aren’t located, the proctor should put a list the affected students in Section 10.
immediately. monitor in charge of the testing room and contact the In the Comments section, note the serial
test coordinator. number of any missing test books.
• Follow instructions from Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support for
ordering makeup materials.
Missing test book If a test book is discovered missing after students Explain the circumstances fully.
after testing have been dismissed, do not return any test materials On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
until after you have spoken with a representative. Information, bubble “Missing materials.”
Call Michigan Fill in the testing room code in Box 6b and
PSAT 8/9 Support list the affected students in Section 10.
immediately.
Insufficient number If you don’t have enough answer sheets for all On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
of answer sheets students testing, call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support Information, bubble “Other” and
immediately for instructions on how to proceed. write “Insufficient answer sheets” in
the Comments section on Page 3.
Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support
immediately.
Defective • Replace defective answer sheet. (A pre-ID label must Identify student; describe defect;
answer sheet be applied to the new answer sheet before return.) if time was not made up, indicate
Direct student to print name on new answer sheet, then how much time was lost.
continue with the next question. On Page 2, Section 7, Defective
Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support – If testing time is lost because of defective answer Materials Issue, bubble “Test book,
if you do not have sheet, allow the student to make up the time and answer sheet, or braille, pre-recorded
a replacement complete the demographic information at the end of audio, or ATC format.” Provide details
answer sheet. test administration. in the Comments section on Page 3.
– Important: After testing is over, have the student
completely grid fields 1–8 on the front of the answer
sheet and fields A–D (as applicable) on the back of the
answer sheet. Make sure these items are completed
on both answer sheets, and clip both answer sheets
together.
– Return with other used answer sheets.
• If an extra answer sheet is not available, follow the
procedures in this chart under “Insufficient number of
answer sheets.”

118 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Irregularity Chart Appendix

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Defective test book • Replace defective book or drive with a book or drive Identify student and describe defect. If
or flash drive that has the same Form Code (on the back of the cover/ time was not made up, indicate how much
packaging) but doesn’t have the same defect. (The time was lost. Attach test book to the IR.
student’s test may not be scored if the Form Code of the On Page 2, Section 7, Defective
Call Michigan
replacement book or drive doesn’t match the one on the Materials Issue, bubble “Test book,
PSAT 8/9 Support if
original book or drive.) If able to replace, direct student answer sheet, or braille, pre-recorded
the defect appears
to use original answer sheet. audio, or ATC format.” Provide details
in several books
or flash drives. • If defective test book or flash drive causes a loss of in the Comments section on Page 3.
testing time, allow student to make up the time for that
section at the end of test administration.
• If the test book or flash drive can’t be replaced, dismiss
the student and tell them they’ll take a makeup test. Add
this student to your list of makeups needed and order
makeup testing materials. For students testing during
the accommodated window, call the SSD office for
guidance.
• On the front cover of the test book or flash drive
packaging, print “Defective” and identify error, school
code, and location and nature of defect.
Pre-recorded • Consult Administer the Pre-recorded Audio Format on On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
audio (MP3) page 59. Information, bubble “Defective/incorrect
streaming issues • Note the impact of the issue and the section(s) affected. materials” (for a group), or Page 2, Section
7, Defective Materials Issue, bubble “Test
• If issue causes a loss of testing time, allow student(s)
to make up the time for that section if possible. If not book, answer sheet, or braille, pre-recorded
If administration is
possible, call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support. audio, or ATC format” (for an individual).
compromised, call
If time was not made up, indicate how
Michigan PSAT 8/9
much time was lost. Provide details in
Support immediately.
the Comments section on Page 3.
For a group, fill in the testing room
code in Box 6b and list the affected
student(s) in Section 10.
For an individual, bubble “Yes,”
indicating that the student’s answer
sheet was returned for scoring.

Security Violations/Student Rule Violations

Student leaves • If a student is leaving due to illness, see the Irregularity Identify student, test section, last question
during test Chart entry for “Illness.” number completed, and reason for leaving.
• If a student is leaving to use the restroom, permit On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin
student to leave testing room temporarily. Collect test Issue, bubble “Student left early/
book (confirm that it contains test content and no pages left without permission.” Enter
have been removed) and answer sheet. Return them any additional information in the
when student reenters. Do not allow extra testing time. Comments section on Page 3.
Recheck the ID of any student you don’t know who left
the room for a break.
• If a student is leaving for another reason, if warranted,
collect test book and answer sheet and permit student to
leave without completing test.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 119

 Appendix Irregularity Chart

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Attempted removal If you observe a student removing a test Identify student and explain
of test materials book or parts of a test book: circumstances.
• Note the student’s name. Collect the test book and On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin Issue,
Call Michigan answer sheet, notify the test coordinator, and dismiss bubble “Student removed or attempted
PSAT 8/9 Support the student into their custody. Do not readmit the to remove test materials.” Note test book
immediately. student to the testing room. serial number and, if applicable, pages and
• If pages are missing or damaged, indicate which pages sections. Complete the Comments section.
on the IR.
Test coordinator: Do not dismiss the student until
you have called Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support.
Test book misuse/ If a student is seen looking through or opening the If you dismiss the student,
working on the test book before or after time is called, working on a identify student, length of time (if
wrong section wrong section, or working past the permitted time: applicable), and affected sections.
• Ask student to close test book or direct them to proper On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin
section of test book or answer sheet. Warn the student Issue, bubble the appropriate option:
individually that a subsequent violation will be grounds “Student obtained improper access
for dismissal. (You don’t need to complete an IR for a to test/part of test” or “Student
warning.) worked on wrong section” or “Student
• If behavior continues, collect the test book and answer worked after time called.”
sheet. Notify the test coordinator and dismiss the Bubble the appropriate option for “Action
student. Taken”: Warned, Dismissed, or None.
• Fill out an IR.
• Return answer sheet with other used answer sheets.
Use or possession If a student is observed accessing, distributing, or in On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin Issue,
of test content/ possession of test content, including answer keys or bubble “Student gave or received help”
answers images of test pages at any time at the test site, including or “Student used a phone or other
during breaks, collect as much evidence as possible: prohibited device, or it made noise.”
• Collect the device, answer key, or other prohibited aid. Describe the incident and any evidence
Call Michigan
in detail in the Comments section.
PSAT 8/9 Support • Follow procedures to dismiss the student from the
immediately. testing room: On Page 2, Section 7, Action Taken,
bubble “Dismissed,” indicating
– Inform student that you must write up the incident
and that their scores will be invalidated. student was dismissed.
Bubble “Yes,” indicating student’s
– Collect test book and answer sheet, and dismiss the
student. Do not allow them back in the testing room. answer sheet was returned for scoring.

• Before returning any devices to the student, the test

coordinator should:
– Determine if images of test content were captured
and/or distributed.
– Take a photo of any applicable smartphone screen or
recorded answer key to return with the IR.
– After collecting evidence, ensure any test content is
deleted before the device is returned to the student.
• Do not return any written answer keys to the student.
Any written answer keys and/or images of answer keys
should be sent to OTI for investigation and analysis.

120 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Irregularity Chart Appendix

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Noise or If a student’s prohibited device makes noise or creates An IR is not needed for an initial warning.
disturbances made a disturbance while in their own possession: (If other students are affected and the
by prohibited • Follow the instructions under “Observed with prohibited disturbance lasts longer than 1 minute,
devices devices.” follow the instructions for “Disturbance
or other distractions.” If you dismiss the
If a student’s phone makes noise or creates a
student, identify them and note the source,
disturbance while in the proctor’s possession
length, and impact of the disturbance.)
or stored away from the student’s desk:
• This should not be considered grounds for immediate
dismissal, as long as the device is not under the desk or
otherwise in the student’s possession.
• The proctor should turn off the phone to prevent
additional disturbances during testing.
• The proctor should warn the student who owns the
phone that additional disturbances will result in
dismissal.
• You don’t need to complete an IR for a warning.
Observed with If the student is observed with any prohibited Note that the device was observed and/
prohibited devices electronic device in the testing room or during a or in use. Provide the student’s name.
Approved medical break, whether or not they are using the device: On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin Issue,
devices such as • Tell the student to hand it to you immediately. bubble “Student used a phone or other
insulin pumps (that • Inform the student that you must write up the incident, prohibited device, or it made noise.”
are not connected their scores will be invalidated, and the device will be On Page 2, Section 7, Action Taken,
to a mobile phone) returned. The student may be eligible for a makeup: bubble “Dismissed,” indicating the
are allowed. student was dismissed. Under Comments,
– If student used or accessed their phone or device, the
student is not eligible for a makeup test. describe the type of prohibited aid used.
– If the phone or device made a noise but the student Bubble “Yes,” indicating student’s
was not using or accessing the phone, submit a answer sheet was returned for scoring.
request for makeup materials. For makeup testing,
plan to collect or prohibit the student from bringing a
phone into the testing room.
• If test content is detected on the device, follow
instructions under “Use or possession of test content/
answers” to collect and inspect any prohibited aids or
electronic devices.
• Collect the test book and answer sheet and dismiss the
student.
Test coordinator: If you suspect that the device
was used to share test information, immediately
call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 121

 Appendix Irregularity Chart

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Calculator misuse/ If a student is seen using a calculator on a noncalculator If you dismiss the student, fill
prohibited aids section or using more than 1 calculator (except in out the IR. Identify student.
(Unless approved as case of a malfunction) or using a prohibited aid (as On Page 2, Section 7, Test
an accommodation) listed in Check Student Desks for Prohibited Items on Admin Issue, bubble “Student
page 64), either during the test or during breaks: used an unauthorized aid.”
• Warn the student individually to stop use of the On Page 2, Section 7, Action Taken,
prohibited aid. bubble “Dismissed,” indicating the
• If the calculator or aid is on a mobile phone or other student was dismissed. Under Comments,
prohibited electronic device, dismiss the student, describe the type of prohibited aid used.
following procedures listed under “Observed with Bubble “Yes,” indicating student’s
prohibited devices.” answer sheet was returned for scoring.
• For other types of calculators or aids, tell the student a
subsequent violation will be grounds for dismissal. (You
don’t need to complete an IR for a warning.)
• If the student continues, collect their test book and
answer sheet and dismiss the student to a monitored
area until after the test.
Disruptive If you suspect a student of giving or receiving Note the type of infraction and explain the
behavior or sharing information, move the student to another seat and circumstances completely. For copying
information submit your IR. If ETS investigation warrants, scores and communications infractions, identify
will be invalidated and ETS will walk you through students (the student providing the
makeup options for the student. Keep a seating information and the student receiving the
If behavior is caused
chart (see back cover of this manual), and use it to information) and explain circumstances,
by an uncontrollable
indicate original and changed seat locations. including the test section when the
manifestation of
If a student is observed disturbing others, behavior was observed. If student
a disability, call
refusing to follow instructions, giving/receiving disrupted testing, identify student,
the SSD office
help/information, or giving/discussing test questions: length of time, and affected sections.
for assistance.
• If the student is using an electronic device to share or On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin
record information or test content, follow instructions Issue, bubble “Student gave or received
under “Use or possession of test content/answers” to help,” “Student disrupted test,” or
collect and inspect any prohibited aids or electronic “Student failed to follow any other
devices. test administration regulations.”
• Inform the student that you must write up the incident Fill in the circle indicating whether the
and that their scores may be invalidated. irregularity affected other students’
ability to test. If other students were
• Collect the test book and answer sheet and, if possible,
any information being shared or recorded and dismiss affected, fill in the testing room code
the student from testing. Do not readmit the student to in Box 6b on Page 2 and list the
the testing room. affected students in Section 10.

Test coordinator: Keep the student in your charge until Bubble “Dismissed.”
you have spoken to Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support. Bubble “Yes,” indicating student’s
answer sheet was returned for scoring.

122 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Irregularity Chart Appendix

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Misadministration
Seating See Seating Requirements on page 13. If these On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
requirements regulations aren’t followed, fill out an IR. Information, bubble “Seating
not followed requirements not followed.” Fill in the
testing room code in Box 6b and list
the affected students in Section 10.
Accommodations • Stop testing and collect the student’s test materials and Identify student, and note
given that were answer sheet. accommodations given and actions taken.
not approved • Advise the student that they received accommodations On Page 2, Section 7, Testing Staff Issue,
(Including time and that were not approved and they will need to retake the bubble “Staff incorrectly permitted student
one-half support test on the makeup date. to use accommodation(s).” Fill in Student
for EL students) • Dismiss the student. Information at top of Section 7. Provide
• The student is eligible for a makeup. details in the Comments section on Page 3.
– Add the student to your list of possible makeups
needed and order makeup testing materials as soon as
possible.
– If you need to order materials after the makeup
ordering deadline, call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support
immediately to request materials.
– If the student is approved for accommodations that
require testing during the accommodated window,
contact the SSD office.
Approved • Advise the student that their approved accommodations Identify student and note actions taken.
accommodations were inadvertently not provided. On Page 2, Section 7, Testing Staff Issue,
not given • Offer the student the option to continue testing without bubble “Staff did not provide correct
the approved accommodations, or to stop testing. accommodation(s).” Fill in Student
• If the student chooses to stop testing, collect the test Information at top of Section 7. Provide
materials and answer sheet and dismiss the student. details in the Comments section on Page 3.
Tell the student that the school will contact them about
further testing options.
• The student may be eligible for a makeup.
– Add the student to your list of possible makeups
needed and order makeup testing materials.
– If you need to order materials after the makeup
ordering deadline, call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support
immediately to request materials.
– If the student is approved for accommodations
administered in the accommodated testing window,
contact the SSD office.

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 123

 Appendix Irregularity Chart

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Disturbance or If possible, reduce or eliminate the source of Note the source, length, and
other distractions disturbance (such as loud and incessant noise, impact of the disturbance.
excessive heat or cold, or other distractions) or move On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
the students. If testing must be interrupted: Information, bubble “Disturbance/
Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support if • Ask students to insert answer sheets in test books, close interruption.” Fill in the testing
guidance is needed test books, and sit quietly until the situation is resolved. room code in Box 6b and list the
or the problem • Monitor students at all times inside and outside the affected students in Section 10.
can’t be resolved. testing room. Remind students that accessing electronic
devices and talking are not permitted.
• If evacuation is required, refer to “Interruption” earlier in
this chart.
• Note stop time and inform students that the testing time
will be adjusted.
• Once testing resumes, adjust testing time.
• Tell students to contact psathelp@info.collegeboard.org
if they feel they were affected.
• If you were unable to resume testing, follow the
instructions under “Interruption” earlier in this chart.
Undertiming • If a section hasn’t yet been completed, permit students to Note the section(s) affected and
make up any undertiming on a section before concluding timing discrepancy. Ensure the start
the section, allowing a break, or dismissing students. and stop times are included.
Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support. • Allow the full time on all other sections. Don’t go back to On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
any sections that have already been completed. Information, bubble “Undertiming” (for a
group), or Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin
Issue, bubble “Test was undertimed”
(for an individual). For a group, fill in
the testing room code in Box 6b and list
the affected students in Section 10.
Overtiming Proctor: End the section that has been overtimed Note the section(s) affected and
and notify the test coordinator. Proceed with the timing discrepancy. Ensure the start
administration without adjusting any other sections. and stop times are included.
Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support. Test coordinator: Students may require makeup testing. On Page 2, Section 6, bubble “Overtiming”
If so, order makeup testing materials. To order materials (for a group), or Page 2, Section 7, Test
after the makeup ordering deadline, call Michigan Admin Issue, bubble “Test was overtimed”
PSAT 8/9 Support immediately to request materials. (for an individual). For a group, fill in
the testing room code in Box 6b and list
the affected student(s) in Section 10.
Testing staff issues In the case of distracting behavior or incorrect Note the impact of the issue
directions, quietly point out the behavior and the section(s) affected.
and ask the staff member to correct it. On Page 2, Section 6, Group Irregularities
If staff actions
potentially Test coordinator: If the behavior persists or if Information (for a group), or Page
have caused a incorrect materials are used during the administration, 2, Section 7, Testing Staff Issue (for
misadministration, call Michigan PSAT 8/9 Support immediately. individual irregularities)—choose and
call Michigan bubble correct issue from list. For a group,
PSAT 8/9 Support. fill in the testing room code in Box 6b and
list the affected students in Section 10.

124 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

 Irregularity Chart Appendix

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Student Issues
Student changing When a student requests to test with accommodations, No IR is needed.
from standard to the test coordinator should follow the instructions
accommodated provided in Manage Requests to Change to
Accommodated Testing on Test Day on page 38.
Excessive breaks • Ask the student the reason for excessive breaks (is the Note the student’s name.
This irregularity student ill?). On Page 2, Section 7, Other Issue,
does not apply to • If the student is ill, follow the instructions in this chart bubble “Other.” Provide details in
students approved for under “Illness.” the Comments section on Page 3.
“breaks as needed.” • Collect the test book and answer sheet (fan the test book
to ensure test content has not been removed); return
them when the student reenters. Do not allow extra time.
Call Michigan
PSAT 8/9 Support • Have the room or hall monitor check where the student
if there is a is going during breaks.
security concern.
Illness • Permit student to leave test room temporarily. Collect test Identify student, length of absence,
book (confirm that it contains test content and no pages affected section(s), and questions.
have been removed) and answer sheet; return them to On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin Issue,
the student when student reenters. Do not allow extra bubble “Student became ill.” You may
testing time. also add a comment if the student
• If the student is unable to continue, you may order plans to test on the makeup date.
makeup testing materials, counting the student as an
absentee.
• If an answer sheet becomes soiled (for example, due
to illness or bleeding), inform the student it can’t be
scored. If the student wants to continue, provide a new
answer sheet and allow the student to transcribe earlier
answers after test books have been collected. Discard the
soiled answer sheets in accordance with local biohazard
protocols. Return soiled test books in plastic, if possible.
• If illness results in a disturbance, see instructions for
“Disturbance or other distractions.”
Answers placed • Provide a new answer sheet if student has misplaced Identify student; indicate which
incorrectly on answers on the answer sheet. No erasures or transfers answers were misplaced and
answer sheets are permitted. amount of time lost, if any.
• If no extra answer sheets are available, follow the On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin
procedures under “Insufficient number of answer Issue, bubble “Student misplaced/
sheets” earlier in this chart. misgridded answers.”
• Tell student to print their name on new answer sheet
and then continue in the appropriate place.
• Important: After the test is over, have the student grid
fields 1–8 on the front of the answer sheet and fields
A–D (as applicable) on the back. Make sure both answer
sheets have these items completed. (A pre-ID label must
be applied to the answer sheet before return.)

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 125

 Appendix Irregularity Chart

Irregularity What you should do How to fill out the IR

Answers written • Notify the student that no credit is given for answers Note on the IR the reason why the student
in test book, not recorded in the test book, and no extra time is allowed to wrote the answers in the test book. (No
on answer sheet transcribe answers to answer sheet. credit is given for answers recorded
• Monitor them to make sure they’re not going back to add in the test book without an approved
Call Michigan answers to sections that have concluded (see “Test book accommodation.) Write “Answers in Test
misuse/working on the wrong section”). Book” on the cover of the test book, clip
PSAT 8/9 Support
immediately. This • Answers recorded in the test book may not be transferred it to the corresponding answer sheet, and
irregularity does not to the answer sheet after the test by either the student or return both with the other answer sheets.
apply to students school personnel. On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin Issue,
with an approved bubble “Student recorded answers in
accommodation book without approved accommodation.”
that allows them
to write answers in
their test book.
Calculator Allow the student to replace batteries or try a backup Document the malfunction on the IR.
malfunction calculator, if available. If the problem persists, the student On Page 2, Section 7, Test Admin
should continue to test. Do not allow extra time. Issue, bubble “Student had a
calculator malfunction.”
Fields A–C on Locate the student’s test materials and direct them to fill No IR is needed.
answer sheet in the information for fields A (Form Code), B (Test ID),
incomplete and C (Test Book Serial Number) on their answer sheets.
Test question Direct the student to give the best possible answer. Tell the On Page 3, Section 8, Test Question
ambiguity student a report will be submitted. If the student expresses Ambiguity Information, bubble the
concern after the test date, tell them to report the test form, appropriate type of ambiguity.
test section, content of question, and nature of the error Indicate name and address of student
Call Michigan
as soon as possible to psatquestion@collegeboard.org. who reported ambiguity or error, Form
PSAT 8/9 Support
immediately Code, section, and test question number.
after the test.

126 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

Notes

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 127

 Notes

128 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

Notes

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 129

 Notes

130 Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 Michigan Coordinator Manual

Testing Room Materials
Report Form

Testing Room Materials Report for PSAT™ 10 and PSAT™ 8/9

Directions for Test Coordinator: Directions for Proctor:
• Before issuing materials to the proctor, fill in sections 1 and 2. • Before testing, confirm that you've received the materials
recorded in section 2.
• If necessary, remove the completed form (with the completed
seating chart) from the back of the manual when the proctor • Complete the seating chart on the back of your Coordinator
returns it to you. Manual to record how test books were distributed in the room.

• At the end of testing, complete all information on this form

• Keep all copies of this form on file at your school. (sections 3 and 4) and sign it in section 1.

• Return this report and the completed seating chart,

including any additional seating charts (for sections of
a large room), to the test coordinator.

1 TESTING ROOM INFORMATION

Test Date: 6-Digit School (AI) Code:

Testing Room Code/Room Name: Room Type: • Standard • Accommodated

Please print and sign your name below to indicate that the information you have provided on this form is accurate to the best of your ability.

Proctor:
Name (please print) Signature

Accounting for Test Materials

2 TEST BOOKS RECEIVED QUANTITY SERIAL NUMBER RANGES
to

Total number of books received: to

to

3 TEST BOOKS RETURNED QUANTITY SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

to
Used test books returned: to

to

to

Unused test books returned: to

to

Total number of test books returned:

4 USED ANSWER SHEETS RETURNED QUANTITY

Total number of used answer sheets returned:

Michigan Coordinator Manual Spring 2023 PSAT 8/9 131

PSAT 8/9 Seating Chart
Proctor Name: _______________________________________
School Name: _________________________________________
Testing Room Code: ___________ School Code: ____________
Type of seating chart: Single chart: _________________ Or
Section: ________ of ________ sections in large testing room.
Use the diagram below to indicate how test books were
distributed in your testing room. Monitors assisting the
proctors may complete the seating chart(s).
1. For large rooms, use a separate form for each area of
the room and indicate where areas border each other.
2. Indicate the position of the proctor’s desk or table if it’s
not at the front of the room.
3. Indicate the location of the entrance doors.
Print the name and title of the person completing this
4. Draw a boundary line around the occupied seats in the seating chart below:
room or your assigned area.
Name:______________________________________________
5. Draw a large X to cross out any unused area outside the
boundary. Draw an X through any unused seats within Title:________________________________________________
the boundary. Date:_______________________________________________
6. For each occupied seat, write the serial number of the
PSAT 8/9 Coordinator
test book assigned to that seat, and, if time allows, the
student’s name. • On the first seating chart, record your answer sheet
tracking information in the space provided.
7. For each row, draw directional arrows to indicate how
the books were distributed. • Keep all seating charts for at least 6 months.
8. If any student is moved to another seat after the test
books are distributed and the test begins, indicate on
the seating chart the seat the student was moved to
and complete an Irregularity Report explaining the
reason for the change.

2223-P89-448